| Ch.1 p.1 para.1 sent.1 | I ke kamaʻilio ʻana i kēia kaʻao, ua ʻōlelo ʻia ma Lāʻie, Koʻolau kona wahi i hānau ai, a he mau māhoe lāua: ʻo Kahauokapaka ka makua kāne, ʻo Mālaekahana ka makuahine. | This tale was told at Laie, Koolau; here they were born, and they were twins; Kahauokapaka was the father, Malaekahana the mother. |
| Ch.1 p.1 para.1 sent.2 | ʻO Kahauokapaka naʻe, ʻo ia ke aliʻi nona nā ʻokana ʻelua ʻo Koʻolau Loa a me Koʻolau Poko. | Now Kahauokapaka was chief over two districts, Koolauloa and Koolaupoko, |
| Ch.1 p.1 para.2 sent.1 | I ka manawa i lawe ai ʻo Kahauokapaka iā Mālaekahana i wahine male nāna (hoʻāo), ma hope iho o ko lāua hoʻāo ʻana, haʻi mua ʻo Kahauokapaka i kāna ʻōlelo paʻa i mua o kāna wahine, ʻo lāua wale nō ma ke kaʻawale, ʻoiai i loko o ko lāua mau minuke ʻoluʻolu, a eia ua ʻōlelo paʻa lā, “E kuʻu wahine, he nani ia ua male aʻe nei kāua, a no laila, ke haʻi nei au i kuʻu ʻōlelo paʻa iā ʻoe. | At the time when Kahauokapaka took Malaekahana to wife, after their union, during those moments of bliss when they had just parted from the first embrace, Kahauokapaka declared his vow to his wife, and this was the vow: My wife, since we are married, therefore I will tell you my vow: |
| Ch.1 p.1 para.3 sent.1 | I ka ʻewalu paha o nā makahiki o ko lāua noho ʻana he kāne a he wahine, hāpai aʻela ʻo Mālaekahana a hānau maila he kaikamahine. | About the eighth year of their living as man and wife, Malaekahana conceived and bore a daughter, |
| Ch.1 p.1 para.3 sent.2 | Ua maikaʻi nā helehelena i ka nānā aku, a no ka maikaʻi o nā helehelena o ua kaikamahine nei, manaʻo ihola ka makuahine, ʻo ke kumu lā hoʻi ia e lilo ai ka ʻōlelo paʻa a Kahauokapaka i mea ʻole; ola lā hoʻi ua kaikamahine nei. | who was so beautiful to look upon, the mother thought that Kahauokapaka would disregard his vow; this child he would save. |
| Ch.1 p.1 para.3 sent.4 | I ia manawa i hānau ai, aia naʻe ʻo Kahauokapaka i ka lawaiʻa me nā kānaka. | At the time when she was born, Kahauokapaka was away at the fishing with the men. |
| Ch.1 p.1 para.3 sent.5 | A hoʻi mai ʻo Kahauokapaka mai ka lawaiʻa mai, haʻi ʻia akula, ua hānau ʻo Mālaekahana he kaikamahine. | When Kahauokapaka returned from the fishing he was told that Malaekahana had borne a daughter. |
| Ch.1 p.1 para.3 sent.6 | A hiki ke aliʻi i ka hale, ua wahī ʻia ke kaikamahine i ke kapa keiki; kēnā koke aʻela ʻo Kahauokapaka i ka ilāmuku e pepehi. | The chief went to the house; the baby girl had been wrapped in swaddling clothes; Kahauokapaka at once ordered the executioner to kill it. |
| Ch.1 p.2 para.1 sent.1 | Ma ia hope iho, hāpai hou ʻo Mālaekahana a hānau hou maila he kaikamahine. | After a time Malaekahana conceived again and bore a second
daughter, |
| Ch.1 p.2 para.1 sent.2 | ʻO kēia naʻe ke kaikamahine ʻoi aku o ka maikaʻi ma mua o kēlā kaikamahine mua; manaʻo ihola e ola lā hoʻi. | more beautiful than the first; she thought to save it. |
| Ch.1 p.2 para.1 sent.4 | ʻIke aʻela ʻo Kahauokapaka i ke kaikamahine e hiʻi ʻia mai ana, ua hōʻaʻahu ʻia i ke kapa keiki. | Kahauokapaka saw the baby girl in its mother's arms wrapped in swaddling clothes; |
| Ch.1 p.2 para.2 sent.1 | Ma hope mai, ua hāpai wale nō ʻo Mālaekahana he mau kaikamāhine wale nō. | Afterwards Malaekahana bore more daughters, |
| Ch.1 p.2 para.3 sent.1 | A i ka hāpai hou ʻana o Mālaekahana i ke keiki, ʻo ka lima ia, a kokoke i nā lā hānau, hele akula kēlā a i mua o ke kahuna a ʻōlelo akula, “ʻĒ, ʻauhea ʻoe. | When for the fifth time Malaekahana conceived a child, near the time of its birth, she went to the priest and said, "Here! Where are you? |
| Ch.1 p.2 para.5 sent.1 | A kokoke i nā lā hānau i ka malama ʻo ʻIkuā i nā lā kapu heiau, hoʻomanaʻo aʻela ʻo Mālaekahana i ke kauoha a ke kahuna. | At the time when the child was to be born, in the month of October, during the taboo season at the temple, Malaekahana remembered the priest's command. |
| Ch.1 p.3 para.1 sent.1 | I ia manawa a ke kahuna i noi aku ai i kekahi lima, hāʻawi maila ʻo Mālaekahana i ka lima hema me ka hoʻohuli ʻia o ke alo o ka lima i luna. | Now, when the priest asked Makaekahana to give him one of her hands she presented the left, with the palm upward. |
| Ch.1 p.3 para.1 sent.4 | No laila, noi akula ʻo Mālaekahana i ke kahuna e noʻonoʻo mai i mea pono ai ka wahine a e ola ai hoʻi ke keiki. | then Malaekahana besought the priest to devise something to help the mother and save the child. |
| Ch.1 p.3 para.2 sent.3 | ʻO ka iʻa ponoʻī nō e loaʻa ana ma kona lima, ʻo ia kāu iʻa e ʻono ai, no ka mea, he kanaka puni kaʻalau ʻōhua hoʻi ko kāne i lilo ai kēlā i ka lawaiʻa, ʻike ʻole ia i kou hānau ʻana. | get the fish you desire with his own hand, for your husband is very fond of the young manini afloat in the membrane, and while he is out fishing he will not know about the birth; |
| Ch.1 p.3 para.3 sent.1 | A pau kā lāua kamaʻilio ʻana no kēia mau mea, hoʻi akula ʻo Mālaekahana a hiki i ka hale. | At the end of this talk, Malaekahana went back to the house, |
| Ch.1 p.3 para.3 sent.2 | I ia manawa, nui loa maila ka nahunahu ʻana a ʻaneʻane e hānau, a laila, hoʻomanaʻo aʻela ʻo Mālaekahana i nā ʻōlelo a ke kahuna i aʻoaʻo mai ai iā ia. | and when the pains came upon her, almost at the moment of birth, then Malaekahana remembered the priest's counsel to her. |
| Ch.1 p.3 para.3 sent.1 | A i ka mao ʻana aʻe o ka ʻeha no ka ʻaneʻane hānau, ʻōlelo akula ʻo Mālaekahana i kāna kāne, “E Kahauokapaka ē! | When the pain had quieted, Malaekahana said to her husband, "Listen, Kahauokapaka! |
| Ch.1 p.3 para.4 sent.1 | I ia manawa, puka koke aku ʻo Kahauokapaka a hele akula. | Then Kahauokapaka went out of the house at once and set out. |
| Ch.1 p.3 para.4 sent.2 | Iā lākou e hele ana, hānau aʻela ua keiki nei he kaikamahine, a lilo aʻela iā Waka ka hānai a kapa ihola i ka inoa ʻo Lāʻieikawai. | While they were gone the child was born, a girl, and she was given to Waka, and they named her Laieikawai. |
| Ch.1 p.3 para.4 sent.3 | Iā lākou nō hoʻi e lawelawe ana i ke keiki mua, hānau hou maila he kaikamahine nō, a lilo aʻela iā Kapūkaʻihaoa a kapa ihola i ka inoa o ka muli ʻo Lāʻielohelohe. | As they were attending to the first child, a second was born, also a girl, and they named her Laielohelohe. |
| Ch.1 p.3 para.5 sent.1 | A lilo nā kaikamāhine ma ka lima o Waka a me Kapūkaʻihaoa ma ke kaʻawale, hoʻi maila ʻo Kahauokapaka mai ka lawaiʻa mai, nīnau ihola i ka wahine, “Pehea ʻoe?” | After the girls had been carried away in the arms of Waka and Kapukaihaoa, Kahauokapaka came back from the fishing, and asked his wife, "How are you?" |
| Ch.1 p.3 para.7 sent.1 | Ua akāka mua nō naʻe iā Kahauokapaka ka hānau iā lākou i ka moana, no ka mea, ʻelua hekili o ke kuʻi ʻana, manaʻo aʻela nō hoʻi ʻo Kahauokapaka ua hānau ka wahine. | Kahauokapaka already knew of the birth while he was on the ocean, for there came two claps of thunder; then he thought that the wife had given birth. |
| Ch.1 p.5 para.1 sent.1 | Iā Waka me Kapūkaʻihaoa ma ke kaʻawale me nā hānai a lāua, ʻōlelo akula ʻo Waka iā Kapūkaʻihaoa, “Pehea lā auaneʻi e nalo ai nā hānai a kāua iā Kahauokapaka?” | When Waka and Kapukaihaoa had taken their foster children away, Waka said to Kapukaihaoa, "How shall we hide our foster children from Kahauokapaka?" |
| Ch.1 p.5 para.1 sent.3 | ”lawe akula ʻo Waka iā Lāʻieikawai ma kahi a Kapūkaʻihaoa i kuhikuhi ai, a ma laila ʻo ia i mālama malū ʻia ai ʻo Lāʻieikawai a hiki i kona manawa i hoʻomāhuahua iki aʻe ai. | Waka took Laieikawai where Kapukaihaoa had directed, and there she kept Laieikawai hidden until she was come to maturity. |
| Ch.1 p.5 para.1 sent.4 | Ma hope iho o kēia mau lā, lawe aʻela ʻo Kapūkaʻihaoa iā Lāʻielohelohe i uka o Wahiawā ma kahi i ʻōlelo ʻia ʻo Kūkaniloko. | Now, Kapukaihaoa took Laielohelohe to the uplands of Wahiawa, to the place called Kukaniloko. |
| Ch.1 p.5 para.2 sent.1 | I loko o ko Lāʻieikawai mau lā ma Waiʻāpuka, ua hoʻomau ʻia ka piʻo ʻana o ke ānuenue ma kēlā wahi i loko o ka manawa ua a me ka mālie, ʻo ka pō a me ke ao. | All the days that Laieikawai was at Waiapuka a rainbow arch was there constantly, in rain or calm, |
| Ch.1 p.5 para.3 sent.2 | Noho ihola ʻo ia ma laila he iwakālua lā i kumu e ʻike maopopo ʻia ai ʻo ke ʻano o kāna mea e ʻike nei. | there he remained 20 days in order to be sure of the nature of the sign which he saw. |
| Ch.1 p.5 para.5 sent.1 | I ua makāula nei ma laila, lohe kēia, ʻo Poloʻula ka mea waʻa o Wailua, no ka mea, he aliʻi ia no ia wahi. | While the seer was there he heard that Poloula owned a canoe at Wailua, for he was chief of that place, |
| Ch.1 p.6 para.1 sent.1 | A hiki kēia i Waiʻāpuka, kahi i mālama ʻia ai ʻo Lāʻieikawai, ʻike ihola ʻo ia, ʻaʻole he kuleana kūpono o kēlā wahi e noho ʻia ai e nā aliʻi. | He went to Waiapuka, where Laieikawai was being guarded, and saw no place there set off for chiefs to dwell in. |
| Ch.1 p.6 para.1 sent.2 | I kēlā manawa naʻe a ka makāula i hiki ai i laila, ua nalo mua aku ʻo Waka ma kahi i hūnā ʻia ai ʻo Lāʻieikawai. | Now, just as the seer arrived, Waka had vanished into that place where Laieikawai was concealed. |
| Ch.1 p.6 para.3 sent.1 | A pau ko Waka manawa ma kahi o Lāʻieikawai, hoʻi maila ʻo ia, akā, ʻike aʻela kēia ma loko o ka wai i kēia mea e noho ana ma luna iho, emi hope hou akula ʻo Waka, no ka mea, ua manaʻo ʻo ia ʻo Kahauokapaka kēia mea ma kaʻe o ka luawai. | After Waka had been with Laieikawai she returned, but while yet in the water she saw someone sitting above on the bank, so she retreated, for she thought it was Kahauokapaka, this person on the brink of the water hole. |
| Ch.1 p.6 para.3 sent.2 | Hoʻi hou akula ʻo Waka me kāna moʻopuna a hiki i ka mōlehulehu ʻana, hoʻomakākiu hou maila ʻo ia me ka manaʻo ua hele aku kēlā mea āna i ʻike ai, akā, aia nō ua makāula nei ma kāna wahi i noho mua ai, no laila, hoʻi hope hou ʻo Waka. | Waka returned to her foster child, and came back at twilight and spied to discover where the person had gone whom she saw, but there was the seer sitting in the same place as before. So Waka went back again. |
| Ch.2 p.7 para.1 sent.2 | No laila, haʻalele ka makāula i ia wahi, kaʻapuni hou iā Oʻahu nei, ʻo ka lua ia o kāna huakaʻi kaʻapuni ʻana i mea e hiki ai iā ia ke ʻike maopopo i kāna mea e ukali nei, no ka mea, ua ʻano ʻē ka hana a ke ānuenue no ka holoholokē ʻana i kēlā wahi kēia wahi. | Then the seer left the place and journeyed around Oahu; a second time he journeyed around in order to be sure of the sign he was following, for the rainbow acted strangely, resting now in that place, now in this. |
| Ch.2 p.8 para.2 sent.4 | ʻO ia nō ka moe a nei kanaka lā o uka,” a laila, ala aʻela ua makāula nei; e hoʻoiho ana ka waʻa i Oʻahu nei. | The man sleeps as if he were ashore." When the seer arose, the canoe was making for Oahu. |
| Ch.2 p.8 para.5 sent.2 | Inā ʻo kuʻu noho wale ke kumu o ka hoʻi hou ʻana o ka waʻa o kākou i Oʻahu, a laila, ke ʻōlelo nei au ua hewa ka mea i luna o kua ʻiako, no ka mea, he noho wale iho no kāna, ʻaʻole āna hana.” | if you say the reason for your returning to Oahu was my idleness; for I tell you the trouble was with the man above on the seat, for he sat still and did nothing." |
| Ch.2 p.8 para.8 sent.3 | Aia naʻe ma laila kahi i hūnā ʻia ai ʻo Lāʻieikawai, ʻo ia a me kona kupuna wahine e like me ke kauoha mau a Kapūkaʻihaoa iā Waka ma ka hihiʻo, no ka mea, i ka makāula e holo mai ana ma ka moana, ua ʻike mua ʻē aku ʻo Kapūkaʻihaoa i ka makāula a me kāna mau hana, no laila ʻo ia i ʻōlelo mau ai iā Waka ma ka hihiʻo e ʻāhaʻi mua iā Lāʻieikawai ma kahi hiki ʻole ke loaʻa. | there, in truth, was Laieikawai hidden, she and her grandmother, as Kapukaihaoa had commanded Waka in the vision. For as the seer was sailing over the ocean, Kapukaihaoa had fore-knowledge of what the prophet was doing, therefore he told Waka in a vision to carry Laieikawai away where she could not be found. |
| Ch.2 p.9 para.2 sent.2 | A puoho aʻela ʻo ia, he moeʻuhane, a laila, hoʻāla akula ʻo Lāʻieikawai i kona kupuna wahine. | and when she awoke, it was a dream. Then Laieikawai roused her grandmother, |
| Ch.2 p.9 para.2 sent.4 | Haʻi maila ka moʻopuna, “Ua hiki mai ʻo Kapūkaʻihaoa i oʻu nei ma ka moeʻuhane e ʻōlelo mai ana, e ʻāhaʻi loa ʻoe iaʻu i Hawaiʻi a hoʻonoho ma Paliuli, a ma laila kāua e noho ai. | The grandchild said to her: "Kapukaihaoa has come to me in a dream and said that you should bear me away at once to Hawaii and make our home in Paliuli; |
| Ch.2 p.9 para.4 sent.1 | Haʻalele lāua i ia wahi, hiki aku lāua ma Keawanui, kahi i kapa ʻia ʻo Kalaeloa, a ma laila lāua i hālāwai ai me ke kanaka e hoʻomākaukau ana i ka waʻa e holo ai i Lānaʻi. | They left the place, went to Keawanui, to the place called Kaleloa, and there they met a man who was getting his canoe ready to sail for Lanai. |
| Ch.2 p.9 para.4 sent.2 | Iā lāua i hālāwai aku ai me ka mea waʻa, ʻōlelo akula ʻo Waka, “E ʻae anei ʻoe iā māua e kau pū aku me ʻoe ma ko waʻa a holo aku i kāu wahi i manaʻo ai e holo?” | When they met the canoe man, Waka said: "Will you let us get into the canoe with you, and take us to the place where you intend to go?" |
| Ch.2 p.9 para.5 sent.1 | ʻŌlelo maila ka mea waʻa, “Ke ʻae nei wau e kau pū ʻolua me aʻu ma ka waʻa, akā, hoʻokahi nō hewa, ʻo koʻu kōkoʻolua ʻole e hiki ai ka waʻa.” | Said the canoe man: "I will take you both with me in the canoe; the only trouble is I have no mate to paddle the canoe." |
| Ch.2 p.9 para.6 sent.1 | I ia manawa a ka mea waʻa i hoʻopuka ai i kēia ʻōlelo “i kōkoʻolua hoe waʻa,” wehe aʻela ʻo Lāʻieikawai i kona mau maka i uhi ʻia i ka ʻaʻahu kapa ma muli o ka makemake o ke kupuna wahine e hūnā loa i kāna moʻopuna me ka ʻike ʻole ʻia mai e nā mea ʻē aʻe a hiki i ko lāua hiki ʻana i Paliuli, akā, ʻaʻole pēlā ko ka moʻopuna manaʻo. | And as the man spoke this word, "a mate to paddle the canoe," Laieikawai drew aside the veil that covered her face because of her grandmother's wish completely to conceal her grandchild from being seen by anyone as they went on their way to Paliuli; but her grandchild thought otherwise. |
| Ch.2 p.10 para.1 sent.1 | ʻĪ maila ke kupuna wahine, “ʻAʻole e hiki iaʻu ke wehe aʻe iā ia, no ka mea, ʻo kona makemake nō ka hūnā iā ia iho. | The grandmother said: "I do not uncover her because she wishes to conceal herself." |
| Ch.2 p.10 para.1 sent.2 | ”A no kēia ʻōlelo a Waka i ka mea waʻa ma muli o kāna noi, a laila, hōʻike pau loa aʻela ʻo Lāʻieikawai iā ia mai kona hūnā ʻia ʻana, no ka mea, ua lohe akula ʻo Lāʻieikawai i ka ʻōlelo a kona kupuna wahine, ʻo Lāʻieikawai nō ka makemake e hūnā iā ia, akā, ua makemake ʻole kēlā e hūnā. | At this answer of Waka to the paddler's entreaties, Laieikawai revealed herself fully, for she heard Waka say that she wished to conceal herself, when she had not wanted to at all. |
| Ch.2 p.10 para.2 sent.6 | ʻO ʻolua ma loko a ma waho o kēia wahi.” | inside and outside you two are masters of this place." |
| Ch.2 p.10 para.3 sent.1 | A no ka hoʻopuka ʻana o ka mea waʻa i kēia ʻōlelo, a laila, ʻōlelo akula ʻo Lāʻieikawai, “E ke kamaʻāina o māua, e hele loa ana anei ʻoe? | When the canoe man had spoken thus, Laieikawai said, "Our host, shall you be gone long ? |
| Ch.2 p.10 para.5 sent.1 | A no kēia ʻōlelo a ka mea waʻa, ʻī akula ʻo Waka i ke kamaʻāina o lāua nei, “Inā ʻo ke kumu ia o kou hele ʻana i kauoha honua ai ʻoe i nā mea a pau o kou hale iā māua, a laila, ke ʻī aku nei wau he hiki iā māua ke kōkua iā ʻoe ma ka hoe ʻana.” | And at these words, Waka said to their host, "If that is the reason for your going away, leaving us in charge of everything in your house, then let me say, we can help you paddle." |
| Ch.2 p.10 para.6 sent.2 | ”Akā, ʻaʻole pēlā ka manaʻo o ka mea waʻa e huli i kōkoʻolua hoe waʻa pū me ia, no ka mea, ua hoʻoholo mua ʻo ia i kāna ʻōlelo hoʻoholo i loko ona e hele e kūkala aku iā Lāʻieikawai a puni ʻo Molokaʻi. | Now it was not the man's intention to look for a mate to paddle the canoe with him, but as he had already determined, so now he vowed within him to go and spread around Molokai the news about Laieikawai. |
| Ch.2 p.11 para.1 sent.3 | Iā ia naʻe i hiki aku ai i Waikolu, ua hala mua aku ua makāula nei i Kalaupapa, akā, ʻo ka hana mau a ua wahi kanaka nei ke kūkala hele no Lāʻieikawai. | When he got to Waikolu the seer had already gone to Kalaupapa, but this man only stayed to spread the news of Laieikawai's arrival. |
| Ch.2 p.11 para.5 sent.1 | A lohe ke aliʻi i kēia ʻōlelo, nīnau akula, “Inā ua like kona maikaʻi me kuʻu kaikamahine nei lā, a laila, ua nani ʻiʻo,” a no kēia nīnau a ke aliʻi, noi akula ua wahi kanaka nei e hōʻike ʻia mai ke kaikamahine aliʻi i mua ona, a lawe ʻia maila ʻo Kaʻulaʻailehua, ke kaikamahine a ke aliʻi. | When the chief heard these words he said, "If she is as good looking as my daughter, then she is beautiful indeed." At this saying of the chief, the man begged that the chiefess be
shown to him, and Kaulaailehua, the daughter of the chief, was brought thither. |
| Ch.2 p.12 para.1 sent.2 | ʻO ia nei lā, ʻehā kīkoʻo i koe o ko ia ala maikaʻi iā ia nei, a laila, like aku me kēlā.” | "Your daughter must be in four points more beautiful than she is to compare with that other." |
| Ch.2 p.12 para.2 sent.3 | Ke hōʻole aʻe nei ʻoe i kā mākou maikaʻi e ʻike nei, no ka mea, ʻo ko Molokaʻi ʻoi nō kēia.” | that you scorn our beauty here, who is the handsomest girl in Molokai." |
| Ch.2 p.12 para.4 sent.2 | Akā, ua hāʻupu honua aʻe ka makāula, me he mea lā, ʻo kāna mea e ukali nei, a no kēia mea, neʻeneʻe loa akula ka makāula a kokoke, paʻa akula ma ka lima o kahi kanaka a huki malū akula iā ia. | So the seer moved slowly toward him, got near, and seized the man by the arm, and drew him quietly after him. |
| Ch.2 p.12 para.6 sent.1 | A no kēia mea, manaʻo aʻela ka makāula ʻo kāna mea i ʻimi mai ai me ka nīnau pono aku i kahi i noho ai, a haʻi pono ʻia maila. | So the seer thought that this must be the person he was seeking, and he questioned the man closely where they were living, and the man told him exactly. |
| Ch.3 p.13 para.1 sent.2 | Nānā akula ʻo ia, e piʻo ana ke ānuenue i kahi a ua wahi kanaka nei i ʻōlelo ai iā ia, a laila, hoʻomaopopo leʻa ihola ka makāula, ʻo kāna mea nō e ukali nei. | there he saw the rainbow arching over the place which the man had described to him; so he was sure that this was the person he was following. |
| Ch.3 p.15 para.3 sent.1 | A pau ke kapu heiau a ua makāula nei ma Kaʻuiki i nā pō ʻo Kāne a me Lono paha, a laila, ʻike maopopo ʻia akula ke kālaʻe ʻana o ka ʻāina a puni ʻo Hawaiʻi, a ua waiho pono mai nā kuahiwi. | At the end of the days of consecration of the temple, while the seer was at Kauwiki, near the night of the gods Kane and Lono, the land of Hawaii cleared and he saw to the summit of the mountains. |
| Ch.3 p.15 para.5 sent.1 | I kekahi lā i ka malama ʻo Kaʻaona i nā Kū i ka manawa kakahiaka nui, ʻike ʻāweʻaweʻa akula ʻo ia he wahi ʻōnohi ma Koʻolau o Hawaiʻi. | One day in June, during the first days of the month, very early in the morning, he caught a glimpse of something like a rainbow at Koolau on Hawaii; |
| Ch.3 p.15 para.5 sent.3 | A pau ia malama ʻokoʻa i ka hoʻomanawanui ʻia e ia a i kekahi malama aʻe i ka lā ʻo Kūkahi i ke ahiahi ma mua o ka napoʻo ʻana o ka lā, komo akula ʻo ia i loko o kona wahi heiau kahi i hoʻomākaukau ai no kona akua, a pule akula ʻo ia. | The whole month passed in patient waiting; and in the next month, on the second day of the month, in the evening, before the sun had gone down, he entered the place of worship prepared for his god and prayed. |
| Ch.3 p.15 para.7 sent.2 | I loko o kāu pule ʻana, ua hiki iaʻu ke kuhikuhi e loaʻa nō ʻo Lāʻieikawai iā ʻoe ma waena o Puna a me Hilo i loko o ka ulu lāʻau e noho ana i loko o ka hale i uhi ʻia i nā hulu melemele o ka ʻōʻō. | Your prayers have moved me to show you that Laieikawai dwells between Puna and Hilo in the midst of the forest, in a house made of the yellow feathers of the oo bird '"; |
| Ch.3 p.17 para.8 sent.2 | Pono e kamaʻilio no ka hoʻi ʻana o Kauakahialiʻi i Kauaʻi me Kaʻiliokalauokekoa i ʻike ai kākou aia ʻo Lāʻieikawai i Paliuli.) | It will be well to tell of the return of Kauakahialii to Kauai with Kailiokalauokekoa. As we know, Laieikawai is at Paliuli.) |
| Ch.3 p.18 para.1 sent.2 | Ua hoʻokō ʻia nō naʻe e like me ke kauoha, ua noho ʻo Lāʻieikawai ma Paliuli a hiki i kona hoʻokanaka makua ʻana. | The command was carried out. Laieikawai dwelt at Paliuli until she was grown to maidenhood. |
| Ch.3 p.18 para.2 sent.1 | Iā Kauakahialiʻi lāua ʻo Kaʻiliokalauokekoa i hoʻi ai i Kauaʻi ma hope iho o ko lāua hālāwai ʻana me ka ʻOlali o Paliuli (Lāʻieikawai), a hiki lākou i Kauaʻi ma uka o Pihanakalani, kuʻi akula ka lono iā Kauaʻi a puni. | When Kauakahialii and Kailiokalauokekoa returned to Kauai after their meeting with the "beauty of Paliuli" |
| Ch.3 p.18 para.2 sent.3 | ʻO ʻAiwohikupua naʻe kekahi o ia poʻe aliʻi i ʻākoakoa pū mai ma kēia ʻaha uē o nā malihini. | Aiwohikupua came with the rest of the chiefs to wail for the strangers. |
| Ch.3 p.18 para.3 sent.1 | A laila, haʻi akula ʻo Kauakahialiʻi i kona hele ʻana penei, “I koʻu hele ʻana mai ʻaneʻi aku, ma muli o ke aloha o ka wahine, a puni Oʻahu a me Maui, ʻaʻole i loaʻa iaʻu kekahi wahine e like me Kaʻiliokalauokekoa nei. | Then Kauakahialii told of his journey as follows: "Seeking hence after the love of woman, I traversed Oahu and Maui, but found no other woman to compare with this Kailiokalauokekoa here. |
| Ch.3 p.18 para.3 sent.4 | Kaʻahele au ma Kona, Kaʻū, a hiki au i Keaʻau a ma Puna, a ma laila wau i noho ai, a ma laila wau i hālāwai ai me kekahi wahine maikaʻi i ʻoi aku ma mua o ia nei (Kaʻiliokalauokekoa), a ʻo ka ʻoi nō hoʻi i ia manawa o nā wāhine maikaʻi o kēia mau mokupuni a pau.” | went on to Kona, Kau, and came to Keaau, in Puna, and there I tarried, and there I met another woman surpassingly beautiful, more so than this woman here (Kailiokalauokekoa), more than all the beauties of this whole group of islands." |
| Ch.3 p.18 para.3 sent.5 | I loko o kēia ʻōlelo ʻana a Kauakahialiʻi, hoʻomaopopo loa maila ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i ka helehelena maikaʻi o ua wahine nei. | During this speech Aiwohikupua seemed to see before him the lovely form of that woman. |
| Ch.3 p.18 para.4 sent.1 | A laila, haʻi akula ʻo Kauakahialiʻi, “I ka pō mua ma hope iho o ko lāua hālāwai ʻana me kuʻu wahi kahu nei, haʻi maila ʻo ia i kona manawa e hiki mai ai i kahi o ko mākou wahi e noho ana, a haʻi maila nō hoʻi ʻo ia i nā hōʻailona o kona hiki ʻana mai, no ka mea, ua ʻōlelo aku kuʻu wahi kahu nei i kāne au na ua wahine nei me ke koi aku nō hoʻi e iho pū mai lāua me ua wahi kahu nei oʻu, akā, ua haʻi mai kēlā i kāna ʻōlelo, 'E hoʻi ʻoe a ko hānai, kuʻu kāne hoʻi āu e ʻōlelo mai nei, ʻōlelo aku ʻoe iā ia, a kēia pō wau hiki aku. | Then said Kauakahialii: "On the first night that she met my man she told him at what time she would reach the place where we were staying and the signs of her coming, for my man told her I was to be her husband and entreated her to come down with him; but she said: 'Go back to this ward of yours who is to be my husband and tell him this night I will come. |
| Ch.3 p.19 para.1 sent.2 | Oi kali aku mākou a ao ia pō, ʻaʻole i hiki aʻe; ʻo nā manu wale nō kai kani mai. | we waited until morning; she did not come; only the birds sang. |
| Ch.3 p.19 para.3 sent.7 | I ia kani ʻana nō hoʻi, malu ana ke aka ma ka puka o ka hale, aia hoʻi, ua paʻa ʻo loko i ka noe. | as soon as it sounded there fell the shadow of a figure at the door of the house. Behold! the room was thick with mist, |
| Ch.3 p.19 para.4 sent.1 | A no kēia ʻōlelo a Kauakahialiʻi i mua o nā aliʻi, ua hoʻokū ʻia mai ko ʻAiwohikupua kino ʻokoʻa e ka ʻiʻini nui me ka nīnau aku, “ʻO wai ka inoa o ia wahine?” | At these words of Kauakahialii to the chiefs, all the body of Aiwohikupua pricked with desire, and he asked, "What was the woman's name?" |
| Ch.3 p.19 para.5 sent.1 | Haʻi ʻia akula ʻo ia ʻo Lāʻieikawai, a no ka ʻiʻini nui o ʻAiwohikupua i kēia mea a Kauakahialiʻi e ʻōlelo nei, manaʻo ihola ia e kiʻi i wahine male nāna, akā, ua haʻohaʻo ʻo ʻAiwohikupua no kēia wahine. | They told him it was Laieikawai, and such was Aiwohikupua's longing for the woman of whom Kauakahialii spoke that he thought to make her his wife, but he wondered who this woman might be. |
| Ch.3 p.19 para.6 sent.1 | No ka manaʻo o ʻAiwohikupua no Moaʻulanuiākea ʻo Lāʻieikawai, ʻo ia kona mea i manaʻo ai e kiʻi i wahine nāna, no ka mea, ma mua aku o kona lohe ʻana i kēia mau mea, ua ʻōlelo paʻa ʻo ʻAiwohikupua ʻaʻole e lawe i kekahi wahine o kēia mau mokupuni i wahine male nāna. | Since Aiwohikupua thought Laieikawai must be from Moaulanuiakea, he determined to get her for his wife. For before he had heard all this story Aiwohikupua had vowed not to take any woman of these islands to wife; |
| Ch.3 p.19 para.7 sent.1 | A pau ke kamaʻilio ʻana a nā aliʻi no kēia mau mea a me ka walea ʻana e like me ka mea mau o ka puka malihini ʻana, a ma hope koke iho o ia mau lā, lawe aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kahi o Kauakahialiʻi i kanaka lawelawe i mua o kona alo me ka manaʻo o ʻAiwohikupua, ʻo kēlā wahi kanaka ka mea e loaʻa ai ko ke aliʻi makemake. | The chiefs' reception was ended and the accustomed ceremonies on the arrival of strangers performed. And soon after those days Aiwohikupua took Kauakahialii's man to minister in his presence, thinking that this man would be the means to attain his desire. |
| Ch.3 p.19 para.7 sent.2 | A no kēia kumu, hoʻolilo loa aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i ua wahi kanaka nei i poʻo kiʻekiʻe ma luna o nā mea a pau, ʻo ko ke aliʻi mau ʻāina a pau a me nā kānaka a pau loa, nā aliʻi a me nā makaʻāinana, ma kona ʻano kuhina nui. | Therefore Aiwohikupua exalted this man to be head over all things, over all the chief's land, over all the men, chiefs, and common people, as his chief counsellor. |
| Ch.4 p.21 para.1 sent.2 | Eia kā, ʻo Lāʻieikawai nō kā lāua kūkā mau a he ʻuʻuku ke kūkā ma nā mea ʻē aʻe. | but it was about Laieikawai that the two talked and very seldom about anything else. |
| Ch.4 p.21 para.2 sent.5 | Inā no loko mai o Moaʻulanuiākea kahi o nā wāhine ʻoluʻolu aʻu i lohe ai, a laila, ʻo kaʻu wahine makemake ia, inā i kiʻi ʻia mai wau ma nā ʻano ʻelua.” | even from Moaulanuiakea, a place of kind women, I have heard; so that is the sort of woman I desire to marry." |
| Ch.4 p.21 para.4 sent.1 | I kekahi lā i ke awakea, hiamoe ihola ke aliʻi, loaʻa ihola ʻo Lāʻieikawai iā ʻAiwohikupua ma ka moeʻuhane. | Next day, at midday, the chief slept and Laieikawai came to Aiwohikupua in a dream |
| Ch.4 p.21 para.6 sent.1 | Hoʻāʻo hou ihola ke aliʻi e hiamoe hou, loaʻa hou nō ʻo Lāʻieikawai ma ka hihiʻo pōkole loa. | The chief again slept, and again Laieikawai came to him for a moment, |
| Ch.4 p.21 para.6 sent.7 | Inā he aliʻi ʻai ahupuaʻa, e pau ia, a inā he konohiki a lōpā paha ka mea nāna i hahaʻi kuʻu ʻōlelo paʻa, a laila, ʻo ka make ka uku.” | if he is chief over part of a district, he shall lose his chiefship; and if a tenant fanner break my command, death is the penalty." |
| Ch.4 p.21 para.6 sent.8 | ʻO ia ihola ka ʻōlelo paʻa a ke aliʻi, no ka mea, ua makemake loa ke aliʻi e loaʻa iā ia ka hiamoe lōʻihi i kumu e launa hou ai lāua ma ka moeʻuhane me Lāʻieikawai. | The chief took this oath because of his strong desire to sleep longer in order to make Laieikawai's acquaintance in his dream. |
| Ch.4 p.23 para.2 sent.2 | I loko o ia manawa, hāʻule akula ke aliʻi i ka hiamoe nui, ʻo ke oki nō ia, no ka mea, ua poina loa ka hiamoe o ke aliʻi. | Then the chief fell into a deep sleep and that ended it, for so heavy was the chiefs sleep |
| Ch.4 p.23 para.4 sent.2 | Kainoa ʻo ka ʻona nō kona waiwai, ʻo ka māhuna ʻāluʻa.” | I thought the good of drinking was that admirable scaley look of the skin?" |
| Ch.4 p.23 para.5 sent.1 | ʻĪ maila ke aliʻi, “ʻAʻole hoʻi paha ʻo ia, ʻo ka ʻike akula hoʻi paha lā iā Lāʻieikawai, a laila, waiwai ka ʻona ʻana o ka ʻawa.” | Said the chief, "Not so, but to see Laieikawai, that is the good of awa drinking." |
| Ch.4 p.24 para.4 sent.1 | Iā ʻAiwohikupua mā naʻe i hiki aku ai, e heʻe nalu mai ana nā kāne a me nā wāhine i ka nalu o Pūhele, aia naʻe i laila kekahi kaikamahine aliʻi maikaʻi kaulana o Hāna ʻo Hinaikamalama kona inoa. | When the party reached there the men and women were out surf riding in the waves of Puhele, and among them was one noted princess of Hana, Hinaikamalama by name. |
| Ch.4 p.24 para.5 sent.1 | A pau ka heʻe nalu ʻana a nā kamaʻāina, a i ka nalu pau loa o ko Hinaikamalama heʻe ʻana, ʻo ka nalu ia i pae, hoʻopololei maila ka heʻe ʻana a ke kaikamahine aliʻi ma ka wai o Kūmaka, kahi hoʻi a ʻAiwohikupua mā e noho mai ana. | When the people of the place had ended surfing and Hinaikamalama rode her last breaker, as she came in. the princess pointed her board straight at the stream of Kumaka where Aiwohikupua and his companion had stopped. |
| Ch.4 p.24 para.6 sent.4 | ʻO ia ihola nō ka waiwai a ke kamaʻāina. | That is the wealth of the people of this place. |
| Ch.4 p.25 para.2 sent.1 | ʻĪ maila ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, “Ua makemake au i ke aliʻi wahine, no ka mea, ke ʻike leʻa nei au i ka ʻoi loa o kona maikaʻi ma mua o kaʻu mau wāhine mua nāna i kūmaka ʻia. | Said Aiwohikupua, "I should like to be her lover, for I see well that she is more beautiful than all the other women who have tempted me; |
| Ch.4 p.25 para.5 sent.1 | A pau ka ʻauʻau ʻana a lāua, hoʻi akula lāua me ka manaʻo e kau ma luna o nā waʻa a holo aku, akā, ʻike akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i ke aliʻi wahine e kōnane mai ana a manaʻo ihola ke aliʻi kāne malihini e hele i ke kōnane, akā, ua lilo mua na ke aliʻi wahine ke kāhea e kōnane lāua. | After the bath, they returned to the canoe thinking to go aboard and set out, but Aiwohikupua saw the princess playing konane and the stranger chief thought he would play a game with her; now, the princess had first called them to come and play. |
| Ch.4 p.25 para.5 sent.2 | A hiki ʻo ʻAiwohikupua ma kahi o ke aliʻi wahine, kau nā ʻiliʻili a paʻa ka papa, nīnau mai ke aliʻi wahine, “He aha ke kumu pili o ka malihini ke make i ke kamaʻāina?” | So Aiwohikupua joined the princess; they placed the pebbles on the board, and the princess asked, "What will the stranger stake if the game is lost to the woman of Hana? " |
| Ch.4 p.25 para.6 sent.1 | ʻĪ aku ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, “He mau waʻa kaulua koʻu kumu pili, aia ke lana maila i loko o ke kai. | Said Aiwohikupua, "I will stake my double canoe afloat here on the sea, |
| Ch.4 p.25 para.6 sent.2 | ʻO ia koʻu kumu pili me ʻoe.” | that is my wager with you." |
| Ch.4 p.25 para.7 sent.5 | A inā hoʻi e make ʻoe iaʻu, a laila, ʻo ʻoe nō kaʻu. | and if you lose to me, then you are mine; |
| Ch.4 p.25 para.7 sent.8 | I ka hahau ʻana a lāua i ka papa mua, make ʻo ʻAiwohikupua. | In the first game, Aiwohikupua lost. |
| Ch.4 p.26 para.1 sent.1 | A i loko o ko lāua manawa kamaʻilio, hoʻopuka akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kona manaʻo i mua o ke aliʻi wahine, “He nani hoʻi ia ua pili aʻe nei koʻu kino me ʻoe, a ua maikaʻi nō, akā, ʻaʻole kāua e launa koke. | During the talk, Aiwohikupua gave to the princess this counsel. "Although I belong to you, and this is well, yet let us not at once become lovers, |
| Ch.4 p.26 para.1 sent.3 | Aia nō a puni ʻo Hawaiʻi, a laila, hana wau e like me kuʻu makemake, e like me kā kāua e kamaʻilio nei, a ʻo ia hoʻi ka hoʻokō ʻia ʻana o kou makemake. | until I had made the circuit of Hawaii; after that I will do what you please as we have agreed. |
| Ch.4 p.26 para.1 sent.7 | Inā i hoʻi mai wau, ʻaʻole ʻoe i maluhia, ʻaʻole hoʻi ʻoe i hoʻokō i kaʻu mau kauoha, a laila, ʻo ka pau nō ia.” | If when I return you have not remained pure, not obeyed my commands, then there is an end of it." |
| Ch.4 p.26 para.1 sent.8 | ʻAʻole naʻe kēia ʻo ko ʻAiwohikupua manaʻo maoli. | Now, this was not Aiwohikupua's real intention. |
| Ch.4 p.26 para.2 sent.1 | I kekahi lā aʻe, haʻalele lākou iā Kapakai, holo akula lākou a ma waho pono o Kauhola, nānā akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i ka ʻākoakoa lehulehu ʻana o nā kānaka ma uka o Kapaʻau. | The next day they left Kapakai and sailed along by Kauhola, and Aiwohikupua saw a crowd of men gathering mountainward of Kapaau. |
| Ch.4 p.26 para.2 sent.2 | I ia manawa, kauoha aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i nā hoe waʻa e hoʻokokoke ʻāina aku nā waʻa, no ka mea, ua makemake ke aliʻi e ʻike i ke kumu o kēia ʻākoakoa lehulehu ʻana o nā kānaka. | Then Aiwohikupua ordered the boatmen to paddle inshore, for he wanted to see why the crowd was gathering. |
| Ch.4 p.26 para.3 sent.2 | I ia manawa, ʻōkalakala koke aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua e hele e mākaʻikaʻi i ka ʻaha mokomoko. | At once Aiwohikupua trembled with eagerness to go and see the boxing match; |
| Ch.4 p.26 para.3 sent.3 | A hekau ihola nā wāʻa o lākou, piʻi akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, a me kona kuhina, a me nā hoʻokele ʻelua, ʻehā ko lākou nui o ka piʻi ʻana. | they made the canoe fast, and Aiwohikupua, with his counsellor and the two steersmen, four in number, went ashore. |
| Ch.4 p.26 para.4 sent.3 | I ia manawa, pili akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua ma ke kumulāʻau milo e nānā ana no ka hoʻouka kaua. | then Aiwohikupua leaned against the trunk of a milo tree to watch the attack begin. |
| Ch.4 p.26 para.5 sent.1 | Iā ʻAiwohikupua naʻe e kū ana ma kona wahi, puka maila ʻo Ihuanu a kū i waena o ke kahua mokomoko e hōʻike ana iā ia iho i mua o ke anaina, a kāhea maila me ka leo nui, “ʻO wai ka mea ma kēlā aoʻao mai e hele mai e mokomoko?” | As Aiwohikupua stood there, Cold-nose entered the open space and stood in the midst to show himself off to the crowd, and he called out in a loud voice: "What man on that side will come and box?" |
| Ch.4 p.26 para.5 sent.2 | Akā, ʻaʻole e hiki i kekahi mea ke ʻaʻa mai e kū i mua o Ihuanu, no ka mea, ʻo ko Kohala ʻoi kelakela nō ia ma ka ikaika i ke kuʻikuʻi. | But no one dared to come and stand before Cold-nose, for the fellow was the strongest boxer in Kohala. |
| Ch.4 p.27 para.1 sent.1 | A lohe ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kēia leo kāhea a Ihuanu, hele akula a kū i mua o ke kahua kaua e hāwele ana me kona ʻaʻahu pūkohukohu i like me ke ʻano mau o nā pūʻali o ke aliʻi. | When Aiwohikupua heard the voice of Cold-nose calling him, he came forward and stood in front of the boxing field while he bound his red loin cloth about him in the fashion of a chief's bodyguard, |
| Ch.4 p.27 para.2 sent.1 | A lohe ʻo Ihuanu i kēia ʻōlelo a ʻAiwohikupua, ʻī maila ʻo ia, “He ʻoi ʻoe o ke kanaka nāna i ʻōlelo hoʻokano iho nei wau i mua o kēia ʻaha a pau. | When Cold-nose heard Aiwohikupua, he said, "You are the greatest boaster in the crowd!" |
| Ch.4 p.27 para.2 sent.2 | ʻO wau nō ka ʻoi ma mua o nā kānaka a pau, a ke ʻōlelo mai nei hoʻi ʻoe i ʻekolu aku ma kēia aoʻao, a he aha lā ʻoe i mua oʻu?” | I am the best man here, and yet you talk of three from this side; and what are you compared to me?" |
| Ch.4 p.27 para.3 sent.1 | ʻŌlelo maila ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, “ʻAʻole au e ʻaʻa aku e hakakā me ʻoe ma kāu noi ke ʻole ʻoe e kū mai me nā mea ʻē aʻe ma kou aoʻao. | Answered Aiwohikupua, "I will not accept the challenge without others on your side, |
| Ch.4 p.27 para.4 sent.2 | ʻO ko Kohala ʻoi nō kēlā. | he is the best man in Kohala; |
| Ch.4 p.27 para.4 sent.4 | I ia manawa, huli aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua a pale aʻela i ka mea nāna i ʻōlelo mai ma kona kua, hāʻule akula i lalo a make loa. | Then Aiwohikupua turned and gave the man at his back a push, and he fell down dead. |
| Ch.5 p.29 para.2 sent.6 | Aia a lohe aku ʻoukou ua lanakila ʻo Ihuanu, a laila, hoʻomanaʻo ʻoukou i kuʻu puʻupuʻu iā Kanikapiha, ka ʻai a ke kumu i aʻo ʻole ʻia iā ʻoukou, no ka mea, ke ʻike nei wau ʻaʻole e lanakila mai ʻo ia ma luna oʻu, no ka mea, ua kani ka pola o kuʻu malo i kēia lā.” | When you hear that Cold-nose has conquered, then remember my blow called The-end-that-sang , the fruit of the tree which you have never tasted, the master's stroke which you have never learned. By this sign I know that he will never get the better of me, the end of my girdle sang to-day." |
| Ch.5 p.30 para.2 sent.1 | Iā Ihuanu naʻe e ʻōlelo kaena ana iā ia iho i mua o kona mau hoa no kona lanakila ma luna o ʻAiwohikupua, a laila, oi maila ʻo ʻAiwohikupua a kokoke iki ma ke alo o Ihuanu, ʻūpoʻipoʻi aʻela ʻo ia i kona mau lima ma ka poʻohiwi, me he moa kāne lā e hoʻomākaukau ana no ke kani ʻana, a ʻōlelo akula ʻo ia iā Ihuanu, “E Ihuanu! | While Cold-nose was boasting to his backers how he would overcome Aiwohikupua, then Aiwohikupua moved up and cocked his eye at Cold-nose, flapped with his arms against his side like a cock getting ready to crow, and said to Cold-nose, "Here, Cold-nose! |
| Ch.5 p.30 para.2 sent.3 | A lohe ʻo Ihuanu i kēia kaena a ʻAiwohikupua e kuʻi, a laila, leha aʻela nā maka o Ihuanu a puni ka ʻaha, ʻike akula ʻo ia e hiʻi ʻia mai ana kekahi keiki ʻōpiopio loa, a laila, ʻōlelo akula ʻo Ihuanu iā ʻAiwohikupua, “ʻAʻole naʻu ʻoe e kuʻi, na kēlā wahi keiki e hiʻi ʻia maila, nāna ʻoe e kuʻi, a ʻo ia kou hoa hakakā.” | When Cold-nose heard Aiwohikupua's boasting challenge to strike, then he glanced around the crowd and saw someone holding a very little child; then said Cold-nose to Aiwohikupua, "I am not the man to strike you; that little youngster there, let him strike you and let him be your opponent." |
| Ch.5 p.30 para.3 sent.1 | A lohe ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kēia ʻōlelo, he mea ʻē kona ukiuki. | These words enraged Aiwohikupua. |
| Ch.5 p.30 para.3 sent.2 | I ia manawa, piʻi aʻela ka ʻula o ʻAiwohikupua a puni ke kino, me he mea lā ua hoʻoluʻu ʻia i ke koko o nā hipa keiki, huli aʻela ʻo ia a kūpono i mua o ka ʻaha a ʻōlelo akula, “ʻO wai kēia kanaka i ʻaʻa mai ai ʻo ia i ke keiki Kauaʻi nei? | Then a flush rose all over his body as if he had been dipped in the blood of a lamb. He turned right to the crowd and said, "Who will dare to defy the Kauai boy, |
| Ch.5 p.30 para.4 sent.1 | A laila, kukuli ihola ʻo ʻAiwohikupua a pule akula i kona mau akua penei, “E Lanipipili, Laniʻoaka, Lanikahuliomealani, e Lono, e Hekilikaʻakaʻa a me Nākolowailani, i kēia lā, e ʻike mai ʻoukou iaʻu i kā ʻoukou kama, kā ʻoukou pua i koe ma ke ao nei. | Then Aiwohikupua knelt down and prayed to his gods as follows: "O you Heavens, Lightning, and Rain, O Air, O Thunder and Earthquake! Look upon me this day, the only child of yours left upon this earth. |
| Ch.5 p.31 para.1 sent.2 | ʻŌlelo maila ʻo Ihuanu, “ʻAʻole au e kuʻi aku iā ʻoe. | Cold-nose answered. "I am not ready to strike you; |
| Ch.5 p.31 para.2 sent.2 | Inā e kēnā hou mai kēlā, a laila, e hoʻomaka ʻoe e kuʻi me kou ikaika a pau, no ka mea ʻo kona manawa e kēnā mai ai e kuʻi, ʻo ia ihola nō ka hoʻomaka ʻana,” a no laila, ua pono kēia iā Ihuanu. | If he orders you forward again then deliver the strongest blow you can give, for when he gives you the order to strike he himself begins the fight." So Cold- nose was satisfied. |
| Ch.5 p.31 para.3 sent.1 | A pau kā lāua kamaʻilio ʻana, nīnau hou akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua iā Ihuanu, “Ua mākaukau anei ʻoe e kuʻi mai iaʻu? | After this, Aiwohikupua again asked Cold-nose, "Are you ready yet to strike me? |
| Ch.5 p.31 para.3 sent.3 | I ia manawa, e waiho koke mai ana ʻo Ihuanu i ka puʻupuʻu, hū ka makani ma ka pāpālina o ʻAiwohikupua, ʻaʻole naʻe i kū, no ka mea, ua ʻalo ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, ʻo ia ka mea i hala ai. | Then Cold-nose instantly delivered a blow like the whiz of the wind at Aiwohikupua's face, but Aiwohikupua dodged and he missed it. |
| Ch.5 p.31 para.4 sent.1 | A hala ka puʻupuʻu a Ihuanu, e waiho koke aʻe ana ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kāna puʻupuʻu, kū nō i ka houpo, hulā ma ke kua. | As the blow missed, Aiwohikupua instantly sent his blow, struck right on the chest and pierced to his back; |
| Ch.5 p.31 para.4 sent.2 | I ia manawa, kaʻikaʻi aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i ke kanaka me kona lima, a koali aʻela iā Ihuanu i mua o ke anaina, a kiola akula i waho o ka ʻaha a lanakila ihola ʻo ʻAiwohikupua ma luna o Ihuanu. | then Aiwohikupua lifted the man on his arm and swung him to and fro before the crowd, and threw him outside the field, and Aiwohikupua overcame Cold-nose, |
| Ch.5 p.31 para.5 sent.1 | A make ihola ʻo Ihuanu, hele maila kona mau hoa e waiho ana, nā mea hoʻi nāna i ʻōlelo mai e hoʻōki ka hakakā me ka nīnau iho, “E Ihuanu! | When Cold-nose was dead his supporters came to where he was lying, those who had warned him to end the fight, and cried, "Aha! Cold-nose, |
| Ch.5 p.31 para.5 sent.3 | ʻO ia ka ʻōlelo henehene a kona mau hoa. | These were the scornful words of his supporters. |
| Ch.5 p.31 para.6 sent.1 | I ka lehulehu e lulumi ana no ka make o Ihuanu, ko lākou pūkaua, a e uē ana hoʻi, hele akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua a ʻoki aʻela i ke poʻo o Ihuanu a me ka lāʻau pālau a Ihuanu, a kiola akula i kona mau hoʻokele. | As the host were crowding about the dead body of their champion and wailing, Aiwohikupua came and cut off Cold-nose's head with the man's own war club and threw it contemptuously to his followers: |
| Ch.5 p.31 para.6 sent.2 | ʻO ia ka hoʻokō hope loa ʻana o kāna pule. | thus was his prayer fulfilled. |
| Ch.5 p.31 para.6 sent.3 | A pau kēia mau mea, haʻalele ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i ka ʻaha, a hoʻi akula a kau i luna o nā waʻa a holo akula. | This ended, Aiwohikupua left the company, got aboard the canoe, and departed: |
| Ch.5 p.31 para.6 sent.4 | Kuʻi akula ka lono o kēia make a puni ʻo Kohala, Hāmākua, a puni ʻo Hawaiʻi. | and the report of the deed spread through Kohala, Hamakua, and all around Hawaii. |
| Ch.5 p.31 para.7 sent.2 | Nīnau akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kona kuhina, “He aha lā kēlā lehulehu e paʻapū mai nei ʻo uka? | Aiwohikupua asked his counsellor, "Why is that crowd gathering on land? |
| Ch.5 p.31 para.9 sent.1 | ʻĪ mai ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i ke kuhina, “Kāhea ʻia aku nā hoʻokele e hoʻoponopono aʻe nā waʻa a holo pololei aku i ke awa i lohe aku kākou i kēlā lehulehu,” a hoʻokō ʻia ko ke aliʻi makemake, a holo aku lākou a ma lalo o ka pali kahakai, nīnau akula i nā wāhine e kuʻi ʻopihi ana, “He aha kēlā lehulehu o uka?” | Said Aiwohikupua to his counsellor, "Call to the steersman to turn the canoe straight ashore to hear what the crowd is for." The chief's wish was obeyed, they went alongside the cliff and asked the women gathering shellfish, "What is that crowd inland for?" |
| Ch.5 p.32 para.1 sent.1 | Haʻi maila nā wāhine iā lākou, “He ʻaha hoʻokūkū mokomoko, a ʻo ka mea ʻoi o ka ikaika, a laila, ʻo ia ke hoʻouna ʻia e hele e kuʻikuʻi me ke kanaka Kauaʻi i hakakā mai nei me Ihuanu a make mai nei ua ʻo Ihuanu. | The women answered, "They are standing up to a boxing match, and whoever is the strongest, he will be sent to box with the Kauai man who fought here with Cold-nose and killed Cold-nose; |
| Ch.5 p.32 para.1 sent.2 | ʻO ia ia pihe e ʻuā ala.” | that is what all the shouting is about." |
| Ch.5 p.32 para.2 sent.1 | A no kēia mea, kēnā koke aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua e hekau nā waʻa, a lele akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, ʻo kona kuhina aku me nā hoʻokele ʻelua, piʻi akula lākou nei a hiki i ka ʻaha mokomoko. | So Aiwohikupua instantly gave orders to anchor the canoe, and Aiwohikupua landed with his counsellor and the two steersmen, and they went up to the boxing match: |
| Ch.5 p.32 para.3 sent.2 | Nīnau akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i ka hana a ka ʻaha, haʻi ʻia maila e like me ka ʻōlelo a kēlā mau wāhine i ʻōlelo ai. | and Aiwohikupua asked what the people were doing, and the man answered as the women had said. |
| Ch.5 p.32 para.3 sent.3 | ʻŌlelo akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kahi kamaʻāina, “E hele ʻoe a ʻōlelo aku ʻo wau kekahi e leʻaleʻa me kēlā poʻe, ʻaʻole naʻe e leʻaleʻa me ka poʻe ikaika ʻole.” | Aiwohikupua said to the man, "You go and say I am a fellow to have some fun with the boxers, but not with anyone who is not strong." |
| Ch.5 p.32 para.4 sent.1 | ʻĪ maila ua wahi kamaʻāina nei, “Hoʻokahi nō ikaika o kēia ʻaha, ʻo Hāunakā, a ʻo ia ke hoʻouna ʻia ana i Kohala e hakakā me ke kanaka Kauaʻi.” | The man answered. "Haunaka is the only strong one in this crowd, and he is to be sent to Kohala to fight with the Kauai man." |
| Ch.5 p.32 para.5 sent.1 | ʻŌlelo akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, “E hele koke ʻoe a ʻōlelo aku iā Hāunakā e leʻaleʻa māua.” | Said Aiwohikupua. "Go ahead and tell Haunaka that we two will have some fun together." |
| Ch.5 p.32 para.6 sent.2 | A hele akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, a wehe aʻela i kona kīhei a kāʻei aʻela ma kona pūhaka. | and Aiwohikupua came, took off his cape, and bound it about his waist. |
| Ch.5 p.32 para.8 sent.3 | Hoʻokahi nō kuʻi iā Ihuanu, hulā pū ka puʻupuʻu ma ke kua, a ʻo ke kanaka nō kēia i make mai nei ʻo Ihuanu.” | Only one blow at Cold-nose and the fist went through to his back. This is the very man who killed Cold-nose." |
| Ch.5 p.32 para.9 sent.1 | I ia manawa, lālau maila ʻo Hāunakā i nā lima o ʻAiwohikupua a aloha maila ʻo ia, a ʻo ka pau nō ia, hoʻāikāne lāua, hui ka ʻaha. | Then Haunaka seized Aiwohikupua's hand and welcomed him, and the end of it was they made friends and the players mixed with the crowd, |
| Ch.5 p.32 para.9 sent.2 | A haʻalele lākou i ia wahi, hele pū akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua mā me ke aikāne a kau lākou lā ma nā waʻa a holo akula a pae i Laupāhoehoe. | and they left the place; Aiwohikupua's party went with their friends and boarded the canoes, and went on and landed at Laupahoehoe. |
| Ch.6 p.33 para.1 sent.1 | (Ma ka mokuna ʻelima o keia kaʻao, ua ʻike kākou ua hiki aku ʻo ʻAiwohikupua ma Laupāhoehoe. | In Chapter V of this story we have seen how Aiwohikupua got to Laupahoehoe. |
| Ch.6 p.33 para.1 sent.2 | Ma ʻaneʻi, e kamaʻilio iki kākou no Hulumāniani, ka makāula nāna i ukali mai ʻo Lāʻieikawai mai Kauaʻi mai, ka mea i ʻōlelo mua ʻia ma ka helu mua o keia kaʻao.) | Here we shall say a word about Hulumaniani, the seer, who followed Laieikawai hither from Kauai, as described in the first chapter of this story. |
| Ch.6 p.34 para.3 sent.1 | Haʻi maila ka makāula, “E hoʻomākaukau mua ana wau no ka hiki mai o kuʻu aliʻi ʻo ʻAiwohikupua. | The seer said, "I am making ready for my chief, Aiwohikupua; |
| Ch.6 p.34 para.3 sent.2 | ʻO ia kēlā mea aʻu i ʻōlelo aku ai iā ʻoukou i ke ahiahi nei, no laila, eia ʻo ia ke holo mai nei i ka moana. | he is the one I told you about last evening; for he comes hither over the ocean, |
| Ch.6 p.34 para.4 sent.1 | A kokoke ʻo ʻAiwohikupua mā i ke awa ʻo Laupāhoehoe, i ia manawa ke kuʻi ʻana o nā hekili he iwakālua. | As Aiwohikupua's party drew near to the harbor of Laupahoehoe, 20 peals of thunder sounded, |
| Ch.6 p.34 para.6 sent.1 | I ia manawa a ke aliʻi e hoʻolohe ana i ka pule a ka makāula, ʻike maila ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, ʻo kāna makāula kēia. | As the chief listened to the prophet's prayer, Aiwohikupua recognized his own prophet, |
| Ch.6 p.34 para.7 sent.1 | A pau ka pule ʻana a ua makāula nei, kēnā koke aʻe ana ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kona kuhina, “E hāʻawi nā makana a ka makāula na nā akua.” | As soon as the prayer was ended, Aiwohikupua commanded his counsellor to "present the seer's gifts to the gods." |
| Ch.6 p.34 para.8 sent.2 | A ʻo ʻAiwohikupua hoʻi, apo akula ma nā poʻohiwi o kāna kauā a uē helu ihola. | and Aiwohikupua hugged his servant's shoulders and wailed out his virtues. |
| Ch.6 p.35 para.2 sent.3 | E nānā ʻoe i kēlā ānuenue e piʻo maila, aia i laila ʻo Lāʻieikawai, ka mea a kāua e kiʻi nei, a ma laila nō kahi i loaʻa ai iaʻu.” | See that rainbow arch? Laieikawai is there, the one whom you want to find, and there
is where I found her. |
| Ch.6 p.35 para.3 sent.1 | ʻŌlelo akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, “Ke manaʻo nei wau ʻaʻole kēlā ʻo Lāʻieikawai. | Said Aiwohikupua: "I do not think Laieikawai is there; |
| Ch.6 p.35 para.4 sent.2 | Piʻi akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua me kona kuhina a hiki i Kūkululaumania ma ke kauhale o nā kamaʻāina, a noho ihola ma laila e kali ana no ka mālie o ka ua. | and Aiwohikupua went up with his counsellor to Kukululaumania to the houses of the natives of the place and stayed there waiting for pleasant weather. |
| Ch.6 p.35 para.4 sent.3 | A hala nā lā ʻehā ma laila, haʻalele loa ka mālie o Hilo, ʻike maopopo ʻia akula ke kālaʻe ʻana mai o ka ʻāina a waiho wale mai ʻo Panaʻewa. | After four days it cleared over Hilo: the whole country was plainly visible, and Panaewa lay bare. |
| Ch.6 p.35 para.5 sent.1 | I ka ʻehā o ka lā, i ke kakahiaka nui, ala aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua a puka akula ma waho o ka hale. | On this fourth day in the early morning Aiwohikupua awoke and went out of the house, |
| Ch.6 p.35 para.6 sent.1 | ʻŌlelo akula ua wahi kanaka nei, “ʻO kaʻu ia e ʻōlelo aku ana iā ʻoe, e holo kākou. | The man said: "That is what I told you: if we had gone |
| Ch.6 p.35 para.6 sent.3 | I ia kakahiaka, haʻalele lākou iā Makahanaloa, holo waho nā waʻa o lākou, ʻo Keaʻau ke awa. | That morning they left Makahanaloa and sailed out to the harbor of Keaau. |
| Ch.6 p.35 para.7 sent.4 | Noho malihini ihola lākou iā Keaʻau a ahiahi, kauoha mua ihola ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i nā hoʻokele a me nā hoe waʻa e noho mālie a hoʻi mai lāua mai kā lāua huakaʻi ʻimi wahine mai, ʻoiai, ʻo lākou wale nō. | The strangers remained at Keaau until evening, then Aiwohikupua ordered the steersmen and rowers to stay quietly until the two of them returned from their search for a wife, only they two alone. |
| Ch.6 p.35 para.7 sent.5 | I ka napoʻo ʻana o ka lā, hopu akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kona ʻaʻahu ʻahuʻula, a hāʻawi akula i kahi kanaka, a piʻi akula. | At sunset Aiwohikupua caught up his feather cloak and gave it to the other to carry, and they ascended. |
| Ch.6 p.36 para.1 sent.3 | Hoʻomau akula nō lāua i ka piʻi a lohe hou lāua i ka leo o ka moa (ʻo ka moa kualua ia). | They went on climbing, and heard a second time the cock crow (the cock's second crow this). |
| Ch.6 p.36 para.2 sent.1 | Nīnau akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, “ʻAuhea ka hale o ke aliʻi wahine?” | Asked Aiwohikupua, "Where is the princess's house?" |
| Ch.6 p.36 para.3 sent.2 | A maopopo iā ʻAiwohikupua ke kokoke hiki o lāua i ka hale o Lāʻieikawai, nonoi akula ʻo ia e hāʻawi mai kahi kanaka i ka ʻahuʻula i paʻa iho ai ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i ia mea ma kona lima a hiki i ko lāua launa ʻana me ke aliʻi wahine o Paliuli. | When Aiwohikupua saw that they were approaching Laieikawai's house, he asked for the feather cloak to hold in his hand when they met the princess of Paliuli. |
| Ch.6 p.36 para.7 sent.3 | Ua lawe mai nei au i koʻu ʻahuʻula i makana e hāʻawi aku ai i ke aliʻi wahine o Paliuli nei, akā, ke nānā aku nei wau, ʻo ke pili ihola ia o ka hale o ke aliʻi, no ka mea, ua ʻike nō ʻoe, ʻo kēia mea he ʻahuʻula, ʻaʻole ia e loaʻa i nā mea ʻē aʻe. | I have brought my cloak wrought with feathers for a gift to the princess of Paliuli and I behold them here as thatch for the princess's house; yet you know, for that matter,
even a cloak of feathers |
| Ch.6 p.36 para.7 sent.5 | ʻO ka hoʻi ihola nō ia me ka launa ʻole. | And they went back without making themselves known. |
| Ch.7 p.37 para.1 sent.2 | Ma ia hoʻi ʻana, ʻaʻole naʻe i haʻi aku ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kekahi kumu o ka hoʻi ʻana, aia i ka hiki ʻana i Kauaʻi. | On the way back Aiwohikupua would not say why he was returning until they reached Kauai; |
| Ch.7 p.37 para.2 sent.3 | A hala hope ʻo Humuʻula iā lākou, hiki lākou ma waho pono o Kealakaha, ʻike maila lākou nei i kēia wahine e noho ana i ka pali kahakai; e hiamoe ana naʻe ke aliʻi i ia manawa. | After passing Humuula they stopped right off Kealakaha, and while the chief slept they saw a woman sitting on the sea cliff by the shore. |
| Ch.7 p.37 para.3 sent.4 | Hālāwai mua ihola lākou me ke kanaka e paeaea ana, nīnau akula, “ʻO wai kēlā wahine e noho maila i luna o ka pali ma luna pono ou?” | they first encountered a man fishing with a line, and asked, "Who is that woman sitting
up there on the bank directly above you? " |
| Ch.7 p.38 para.1 sent.1 | Haʻi ʻia maila, “ʻO Poliʻahu.” | He answered, "It is Poliahu, Snow-bosom." |
| Ch.7 p.38 para.3 sent.1 | Iā lāua e hālāwai malihini ana, ʻī aku ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, “E Poliʻahu ē, e ka wahine maikaʻi o ka pali, pōmaikaʻi wale wau iā ʻoe ma ko kāua hālāwai ʻana iho nei. | After meeting the stranger, Aiwohikupua said, "O Poliahu, fair
mistress of the coast, happily are we met here; |
| Ch.7 p.38 para.5 sent.1 | ʻŌlelo akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, “ʻAkahi nō wau a maopopo no Mauna Kea mai ʻoe, a ua loaʻa koke kou inoa iā mākou ma ka haʻi ʻia ʻana e kēlā kanaka paeaea.” | Said Aiwohikupua, "This is the first I knew about your coming from the White Mountain, but we found out your name readily from that fisherman yonder." |
| Ch.7 p.38 para.6 sent.1 | “A no kāu noi, e ke Aliʻi,” wahi a Poliʻahu, “e lawe wau iā ʻoe i kāne naʻu, a no laila, ke haʻi aku nei wau iā ʻoe me ka nīnau aku, ʻaʻole anei ʻo ʻoe ke aliʻi i kū i luna a hoʻohiki ma ka inoa o kou mau akua ʻaʻole ʻoe e lawe i hoʻokahi wahine o kēia mau mokupuni mai Hawaiʻi nei a Kauaʻi; aia kāu wahine lawe no loko mai o Moaʻulanuiākea? | "As to what the chief desires of me," said Poliahu. "I will take you for my husband; and now let me ask you, are you not the chief who stood up and vowed in the name of your gods not to take any woman of these islands from Hawaii to Kauai to wife — only a woman who conies from Moaulanuiakea? |
| Ch.7 p.38 para.7 sent.2 | A liʻuliʻu, hoʻopuka akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i wahi nīnau pōkole penei, “Pehea lā ʻoe i ʻike ai, a i lohe ai hoʻi, no kaʻu mau hana āu e haʻi mai nei? | and after a while a little question escaped him: "How have you ever heard of these deeds of mine you tell of? |
| Ch.7 p.38 para.7 sent.3 | He ʻoiaʻiʻo, e Poliʻahu ē, ʻo nā mea a pau āu e ʻōlelo mai nei, ua hana wau e like me ia, no laila, e haʻi mai i ka mea nāna i ʻōlelo aku iā ʻoe.” | It is true, Poliahu, all that you say; I have done as you have described; tell me who has told
you.'' |
| Ch.7 p.39 para.1 sent.1 | A no kēia ʻōlelo, kukuli ihola ʻo ʻAiwohikupua a hoʻomaikaʻi akula i mua o Poliʻahu me ke noi aku e lilo ia i kāne hoʻopalau na Poliʻahu me ke noi aku e holo pū i Kauaʻi. | At these words Aiwohikupua knelt and did reverence to Poliahu and begged to become Poliahu's betrothed and asked her to go with him to Kauai. |
| Ch.7 p.39 para.2 sent.3 | ʻAʻole ʻo nā kānaka, ua akāka ko lākou wahi. | fix bounds between us. |
| Ch.7 p.39 para.3 sent.1 | Iā lākou ma Kohala a hiki i ka lā i haʻalele ai ʻo ʻAiwohikupua mā iā Kohala, lawe aʻela ʻo Poliʻahu i kona kapa hau, a hāʻawi akula iā ʻAiwohikupua me ka ʻōlelo aku, “ʻO kuʻu kapa hau he kapa i pāpā loa ʻia e koʻu mau mākua ʻaʻole e lilo i kekahi mea ʻē aʻe; iaʻu wale iho nō. | They reached Kohala, and on the day when Aiwohikupua's party left, Poliahu took her garment of snow and gave it to Aiwohikupua, saying. "Here is my snow mantle, the mantle my parents strictly forbade my giving to anyone else; it was to be for myself alone; |
| Ch.7 p.39 para.4 sent.1 | A lohe ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kēia mau mea, a laila, he mea ʻoliʻoli nui loa ia i ko ke aliʻi kāne naʻau, a me kona kuhina, a me nā kānaka hoe waʻa. | When Aiwohikupua heard these things the chief's heart was glad, and his counsellor and the paddlers with him. |
| Ch.7 p.39 para.4 sent.2 | I ia manawa, kiʻi akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kona ʻahuʻula, lawe maila a hoʻouhi akula iā Poliʻahu me ka ʻōlelo aku, “E like me kāu ʻōlelo iaʻu ma mua o kou hāʻawi ʻana mai iaʻu i ke kapa hau, pēlā nō ʻoe e mālama ai a hiki i ko kāua hui ʻana e like me ke kauoha.” | Then Aiwohikupua took out his feather cloak, brought it and threw it over Poliahu with the words, "As you have said to me before giving me the snow mantle, so do you guard this until our promised union." |
| Ch.8 p.41 para.1 sent.1 | A hiki ʻo ʻAiwohikupua mā i Hāna mai Kohala aku ma hope iho o ko lākou hoʻokaʻawale ʻana iā Poliʻahu, ma ke awa pae waʻa o Haneoʻo ko lākou hiki mua ʻana ma ko Hinaikamalama wahi e noho ana. | When Aiwohikupua reached Hana, after parting with Poliahu at Kohala. his boat approached the canoe landing at Haneoo, where they had been before, where Hinaikamalama was living. |
| Ch.8 p.41 para.1 sent.2 | Iā ʻAiwohikupua naʻe i hiki aku ai ma kēlā awa pae waʻa, i ka moana nō lākou i lana aku ai, a iā lākou e lana ana ma laila, ʻike maila ʻo Hinaikamalama no ʻAiwohikupua kēia mau waʻa. | When Aiwohikupua reached the landing the canoe floated on the water: and as it floated there Hinaikamalama saw that it was Aiwohikupua's canoe: |
| Ch.8 p.41 para.2 sent.1 | Hele mai ʻo Hinaikamalama a ma kahi a ʻAiwohikupua mā e lana ana, ʻī akula ka wahine, “He mea kupanaha! | Hinaikamalama came thither where Aiwohikupua and his men floated. Said the woman. "This is strange! |
| Ch.8 p.41 para.5 sent.2 | ʻAʻole nō i hiki i ka manawa e hoʻokō ʻia ai ia hoʻohiki a kāua, no ka mea, ua haʻi mua aku wau iā ʻoe, aia a puni ʻo Hawaiʻi iaʻu, a laila, hoʻokō ʻia kou kumu pili, e ke Aliʻi wahine. | but the time has not come for its fulfillment, for I said to you. * When I have sailed about Hawaii then the princess's bet shall be paid: |
| Ch.8 p.41 para.5 sent.3 | No laila, holo aku nei wau me ka manaʻo e puni ʻo Hawaiʻi, ʻaʻole naʻe i puni. | now, I went meaning to sail about Hawaii, but did not: |
| Ch.8 p.43 para.1 sent.5 | Inā e lohe ʻia ma kēia hope aku, a laila, i lohe ʻia nō iā ʻoukou, a ʻo ka uku o ka mea nāna e haʻi kēia ʻōlelo no ka holo ʻana i Hawaiʻi, ʻo ka make ka mea nāna e ʻōlelo. | if this is heard about, it will be heard through you, and the penalty to anyone who tells of the
journey to Hawaii, it is death, death to himself, |
| Ch.8 p.43 para.1 sent.6 | Make mai kāna wahine, ʻo ka ʻohi nō ia o ka make a ka mea hoʻāikāne mai.” | death to his wife, death to all his friends; this is the debt he shall pay." |
| Ch.8 p.43 para.1 sent.7 | ʻO ia ke kānāwai paʻa a ke aliʻi i kau ai no ka poʻe i holo pū me ia i Hawaiʻi. | This was the charge the chief laid upon the men who sailed with him to Hawaii. |
| Ch.8 p.43 para.2 sent.2 | ʻAʻole nō hoʻi wau i haʻi aku i kaʻu wahi e hele ai, a no laila, ke haʻi malū aku nei wau iā ʻoukou, e oʻu mau kaikuahine, ʻo kākou wale, i Hawaiʻi aku nei mākou i nalo iho nei. | not even the place where I was to go; and now I tell it to you in secret, my sisters, to you alone. To Hawaii I disappeared |
| Ch.8 p.43 para.2 sent.5 | ʻAʻole naʻe au i ʻike aku iā Lāʻieikawai, akā, ʻo ka hale kaʻu i ʻike maka aku ai, ua uhi ʻia mai i ka hulu melemele o nā manu ʻōʻō, no laila, manaʻo nō au ʻaʻole e loaʻa, hoʻi ʻokoʻa mai nei me ka nele. | I did not see Laieikawai, but my eyes beheld her house thatched with the yellow feathers of the oo bird, so I thought I could not win her and came back here unsuccessful. |
| Ch.8 p.43 para.2 sent.7 | ʻO ʻoukou nō ka poʻe e loaʻa ai koʻu makemake, a ma kēia wanaʻao, e kū kākou a e hele.” | the very ones to win what I wish, and at dawn let us rise up and go." |
| Ch.8 p.43 para.3 sent.1 | I kekahi lā aʻe, wae aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i mau hoe waʻa hou, no ka mea, ua maopopo i ke aliʻi ua luhi nā hoe waʻa mua. | The next day Aiwohikupua picked out fresh paddlers, for the chief knew that the first were tired out. |
| Ch.8 p.43 para.3 sent.2 | A mākaukau ka holo ʻana, i ia pō iho, lawe aʻela ke aliʻi he ʻumikumamāhā hoe waʻa, ʻelua hoʻokele, ʻo nā kaikuahine ʻelima, ʻo Mailehaʻiwale, ʻo Mailekaluhea, ʻo Mailelauliʻi, ʻo Mailepākaha a me ko lākou muli loa ʻo Kahalaomāpuana, ʻo ke aliʻi a me kona kuhina, he iwakāluakumamākolu ko lākou nui. | When all was ready for sailing, that very night the chief took on board 14 paddlers, 2 steers-
men, the 5 sisters, Mailehaiwale, Mailekaluhea, Mailelaulii, Mailepakaha, and the youngest, Kahalaomapuana, the chief himself, and his counsellor, 23 in all. |
| Ch.8 p.44 para.2 sent.1 | Iā ʻAiwohikupua mā i holo aku ai mai Maui aku a hiki i kēlā wahi, ua ʻike mua mai ʻo Poliʻahu i ko lākou holo ʻana a me ka hiki ʻana i Kaʻelehuluhulu, no laila, hoʻomākaukau mua ʻo Poliʻahu iā ia iho no ka hiki aku o ʻAiwohikupua, a laila hoʻāo. | As Aiwohikupua 's party were on the way from Maui thither, Poliahu knew of their setting sail and coming to Kaelehuluhulu. Then Poliahu made herself ready to come to wed Aiwohikupua; |
| Ch.8 p.44 para.2 sent.2 | Hoʻokahi malama ke kali ʻana o Poliʻahu no ko lāua hoʻāo e like me kā lāua hoʻohiki ʻana, akā, ua hala ʻo ʻAiwohikupua ma Hilo no ke kiʻi nō iā Lāʻieikawai. | one month she waited for the promised meeting, but Aiwohikupua was at Hilo after Laieikawai. |
| Ch.8 p.44 para.6 sent.1 | Ma mua o ko lākou piʻi ʻana i Paliuli, kauoha ihola ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i nā hoʻokele a me nā hoe waʻa, “Eia mākou ke hele nei i kā mākou huakaʻi hele, ka mea hoʻi a kuʻu manaʻo i kau nui ai a hālāwai maka. | Before going up to Paliuli. Aiwohikupua told the steersmen and the paddlers, ''While we go on our way to seek her whom I have so longed to see face to face, |
| Ch.8 p.44 para.6 sent.3 | Aia nō kā ʻoukou mea mālama ʻo nā waʻa. | doing nothing but guard the canoes. |
| Ch.8 p.44 para.6 sent.5 | Akā, i hoʻi kakahiaka mai mākou i ka lā ʻapōpō, a laila, ua nele nō kaʻu mea i manaʻo ai, a laila, ʻo Kauaʻi ke alo, huli aku hoʻi.” | but if we come back to-morrow early in the morning, then my wishes have failed, then face about and turn the course to Kauai;" |
| Ch.8 p.44 para.6 sent.6 | ʻO ia ke kauoha a ke aliʻi. | so the chief ordered. |
| Ch.8 p.44 para.7 sent.2 | ʻŌlelo akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i nā kaikuahine, “ʻO Paliuli kēia. | Said Aiwohikupua to the sisters: "This is Paliuli |
| Ch.8 p.44 para.7 sent.3 | Eia i ʻaneʻi ʻo Lāʻieikawai, ko ʻoukou kaikoʻeke, no laila, ʻimi ʻia kā ʻoukou pono.” | where Laieikawai is, your sister-in-law. See what you are worth." |
| Ch.8 p.45 para.1 sent.1 | A laila, lawe aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua iā Mailehaʻiwale, i ka hānau mua o lākou e like me ko lākou hānau ʻana, kū ihola ma ka puka ponoʻī o ka hale o Lāʻieikawai. | Then Aiwohikupua took Mailehaiwale, the first born; she stood right at the door of Laieikawai's house, |
| Ch.8 p.45 para.1 sent.2 | Iā Mailehaʻiwale e kū lā ma ka puka o ka hale aliʻi, kuʻu aku ana kēia i ke ʻala, pō ʻo loko i ke ʻala. | and as she stood there she sent forth a fragrance which filled the house; |
| Ch.8 p.45 para.1 sent.3 | Aia naʻe ʻo Lāʻieikawai me kona kahu ua paʻuhia ʻia e ka hiamoe nui. | and within was Laieikawai with her nurse fast asleep; |
| Ch.8 p.45 para.2 sent.1 | I ia puoho ʻana aʻe o lāua mai ka hiamoe, haʻohaʻo ana lāua nei i kēia ʻala launa ʻole, a no kēia haʻohaʻo, kāhea akula ʻo Lāʻieikawai me ka leo ʻoluʻolu i kona kupuna wahine penei, | And starting out of sleep, they two marveled what this wonderful fragrance could be, and because of this marvel Laieikawai cried out in a voice of delight to her grandmother: |
| Ch.8 p.45 para.5 sent.1 | WAKA: “ʻAʻole kēnā he ʻala ʻē, ʻo Mailehaʻiwale akula kēnā o nā kaikuahine ʻaʻala o ʻAiwohikupua i kiʻi maila iā ʻoe i wahine ʻoe, a i kāne ia. | WAKA: "That is no strange fragrance; it is certainly Mailehaiwale, the sweet-smelling sister of Aiwohikupua, who has come to get you for his wife, you for the wife and he for the husband; |
| Ch.8 p.45 para.5 sent.2 | ʻO ke kāne ia, moe ʻia.” | here is the man for you to marry." |
| Ch.8 p.45 para.7 sent.1 | A lohe lā ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i ka hōʻole ʻana mai a Lāʻieikawai no ka makemake ʻole e lawe iā ʻAiwohikupua i kāne male, a laila, he mea ʻē ka hilahila, no ka mea, ua lohe maopopo akula lākou nei i ka hōʻole ʻana mai. | When Aiwohikupua heard Laieikawai's refusal to take Aiwohikupua for her husband, then he was abashed, for they heard her refusal quite plainly. |
| Ch.9 p.47 para.1 sent.1 | Ma hope iho o ka manawa i hōʻole ʻia ai ko ke aliʻi kāne makemake, a laila ʻōlelo akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kona kuhina, “E hoʻi kāua a e noho nā kaikuahine oʻu i uka nei, a na lākou nō e ʻimi aʻe i ko lākou wahi e noho ai, no ka mea ʻaʻole a lākou waiwai. | After this refusal, then Aiwohikupua said to his counsellor, "You and I will go home and let my sisters stay up here; as for them, let them live as they can, for they are worthless; |
| Ch.9 p.47 para.2 sent.2 | Kainoa ua ʻōlelo ʻoe iaʻu ma mua o ko kākou lā i haʻalele ai iā Kauaʻi ʻo nā kaikuahine wale nō ou ka mea nāna e kiʻi kou makemake, a ua ʻike nō hoʻi ʻoe i ke kō ʻana o kā lākou mau hana. | I thought before we left Kauai you told me that your sisters were the only ones to get
your wish, and you have seen now what one of them can do; |
| Ch.9 p.47 para.3 sent.1 | ʻĪ akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, “Nele aʻela kā i ka hānau mua, oki loa aku paha lākou.” | Said Aiwohikupua. "If the firstborn fails, the others perhaps will be worthless." |
| Ch.9 p.47 para.4 sent.2 | E hoʻāʻo aʻe ʻo Mailekaluhea i kāna loaʻa a i nele, a laila hoʻi kākou.” | let Mailekaluhea try her luck, and if she fails then we will go." |
| Ch.9 p.47 para.5 sent.2 | ʻŌlelo akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, “E hoʻāʻo aku hoʻi ʻoe i kāu loaʻa, a i nele, ʻo ia ihola nō.” | said Aiwohikupua, "Suppose you try your luck, and if you fail, all is over." |
| Ch.9 p.48 para.1 sent.1 | Hele akula ʻo Mailekaluhea a ma ka puka o ka hale aliʻi, kū ihola, kuʻu akula i ke ʻala. | Mailekaluhea went and stood at the door of the chief-house and gave out a perfume: |
| Ch.9 p.48 para.1 sent.2 | ʻO ia hele nō o ke ʻala a pā i kaupoku ma loko o ka hale. | the fragrance entered and touched the rafters within the house, |
| Ch.9 p.48 para.1 sent.4 | I ia manawa, hikilele hou aʻe lāua mai ka hiamoe aʻe, ʻī akula ʻo Lāʻieikawai i kahi kahu, “He ʻala ʻokoʻa hoʻi kēia. | then they were startled from sleep. Said Laieikawai to her nurse. "This is a different perfume, |
| Ch.9 p.48 para.2 sent.2 | Kāhea akula ʻo Lāʻieikawai. | Laieikawai called: |
| Ch.9 p.48 para.6 sent.1 | WAKA: “ʻAʻole kēnā he ʻala ʻē, ʻo Mailekaluhea akula kēnā, ʻo kekahi kaikuahine ʻaʻala o ʻAiwohikupua i kiʻi maila iā ʻoe i wahine ʻoe, i kāne ia. | WAKA. "That is no strange fragrance. it is Mailekaluhea, the sweet-smelling sister of Aiwohikupua. who has come to make you his wife |
| Ch.9 p.48 para.6 sent.2 | ʻO ke kāne ia, moe ʻia.” | to marry him." |
| Ch.9 p.48 para.8 sent.1 | ʻĪ akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i ua wahi kuhina nei ona, “ʻĒ! Ke lohe pono akula ʻoe i ka hōʻole ʻana aʻela a ke aliʻi wahine.” | Said Aiwohikupua to his counsellor. "See! did you hear the princess's refusal?" |
| Ch.9 p.48 para.9 sent.2 | He aha lā auaneʻi ko ia ala hōʻole ʻana aʻela, ʻo ko lāua ʻaʻala nō kai makemake ʻole ʻia aʻela. | what of her refusing! it is only their scent she does not like; |
| Ch.9 p.48 para.11 sent.3 | Wikiwiki auaneʻi hoʻi paha ʻoe e hoʻi, a hiki kākou i kai o Keaʻau, ʻōlelo kākou no ka loaʻa ʻole, e ʻōlelo aʻe auaneʻi ka poʻe kaikuahine ou i koe,'Inā no iā mākou ka ʻōlelo ʻana mai e kiʻi, inā nō ua ʻae mai ʻo Lāʻieikawai'. | perhaps you are too hasty in going home: when you reach Keaau and say you have not succeeded, your other sisters will say: 'If you had let us try, Laieikawai would have consented;' |
| Ch.9 p.48 para.12 sent.1 | “ʻAuhea ʻoe, e kuʻu Kuhina,” wahi a ʻAiwohikupua, “ʻAʻole ʻo ʻoe ke hilahila ana, ʻo wau nō. | "Where are you, my counsellor!" said Aiwohikupua. "It is not
you who bears the shame; I am the one. |
| Ch.9 p.48 para.13 sent.3 | Kainoa ʻo kākou wale nō kai lohe. | We are the only ones to hear it. |
| Ch.9 p.48 para.13 sent.4 | Hoʻāʻo ʻia aku paha ʻo Mailelauliʻi.” | Let us try what Mailelaulii can do." |
| Ch.9 p.49 para.1 sent.1 | Hele akula ʻo Mailelauliʻi a kūpono i ka puka o ka hale aliʻi, kuʻu aku ana ʻo ia i kona ʻaʻala e like me nā mea mua. | Mailelaulii went right to the door of the chief-house; she gave out her perfume as the others had done: |
| Ch.9 p.49 para.1 sent.2 | Hikilele hou maila ʻo Lāʻieikawai mai ka hiamoe a ʻōlelo akula i kahi kahu, “He wahi ʻala ʻokoʻa wale nō hoʻi kēia. | again Laieikawai was startled from sleep and said to her nurse, "This is an entirely different fragrance — |
| Ch.9 p.49 para.2 sent.1 | ʻĪ maila kahi kahu, “Kāhea ʻia ʻo Waka.” | Said the nurse, "Call out to Waka." |
| Ch.9 p.49 para.6 sent.1 | WAKA: “ʻAʻole kēnā he ʻala ʻē, ʻo Mailelauliʻi akula kēnā, ʻo kekahi kaikuahine ʻaʻala o ʻAiwohikupua i kiʻi maila iā ʻoe i wahine ʻoe, i kāne ia. | WAKA: "That is no strange fragrance: it is Mailelaulii, one of the sweet-smelling sisters of Aiwohikupua. who has come to get you for his wife; |
| Ch.9 p.49 para.6 sent.2 | ʻO ke kāne ia, moe ʻia.” | he is the husband, the husband for you to marry." |
| Ch.9 p.49 para.8 sent.1 | “I hoʻokahi nō hoʻi hōʻole ʻana, ʻo ka pono,” wahi a ʻAiwohikupua, “ʻo ka hele kā ia he kāuna wale aʻe nō koe o ka hōʻole, mākena nō hoʻi ua hilahila iā ʻoe, e ke hoa.” | "One refusal is enough," said Aiwohikupua, "without getting four more! You have brought this shame upon us both, my comrade." |
| Ch.9 p.49 para.10 sent.1 | A no kēia ʻōlelo a kona kuhina, a laila ua hoʻopiha ʻia ko ke aliʻi naʻau i ka ʻoliʻoli, no ka mea ua lohe kēlā iā Kauakahialiʻi i ka loaʻa ʻana i ua wahi kanaka nei, ʻo Lāʻieikawai, i hiki ai i kai o Keaʻau. | Then the chief's heart rejoiced, for Kauakahialii had told him how this same man had got Laieikawai to come down to Keaau, |
| Ch.9 p.49 para.10 sent.2 | No laila i hoʻoholo koke ai ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i ʻōlelo ʻae ma muli o ke koi a ua wahi kanaka nei. | so Aiwohikupua readily assented to his servant's plea. |
| Ch.9 p.49 para.11 sent.1 | I ia manawa, kēnā koke aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua iā Mailepākaha, hele akula a kū ma ka puka o ka hale aliʻi. | Then Aiwohikupua quickly ordered Mailepakaha to go and stand at the door of the chief-house; she gave forth her perfume, |
| Ch.9 p.49 para.12 sent.1 | ʻŌlelo hou aku kahi kahu, “Kāhea ʻia ʻo Waka.” | Said the nurse again, "Call Waka." |
| Ch.9 p.49 para.16 sent.1 | WAKA: “ʻAʻole kēnā he ʻala ʻē, ʻo Mailepākaha akula kēnā, ʻo kekahi kaikuahine ʻaʻala o ʻAiwohikupua i kiʻi maila iā ʻoe i wahine ʻoe, i kāne ia. | WAKA: "'That is no strange fragrance; it is Mailepakaha, the sweet-smelling sister of Aiwohikupua, who has come to get you for a wife |
| Ch.9 p.49 para.16 sent.2 | ʻO ke kāne ia, moe ʻia.” | to marry him." |
| Ch.9 p.50 para.1 sent.1 | A lohe ʻo ʻAiwohikupua a me kona kuhina i kēia hōʻole hou ʻana o Lāʻieikawai, ʻī aku ua kuhina nei ona, “E kuʻu Haku, pale ka pono! | When Aiwohikupua heard this fresh refusal from Laieikawai, his counsellor said. "My lord, it is useless! |
| Ch.9 p.50 para.1 sent.3 | Hoʻokahi nō pono, ʻo ka hoʻi wale nō koe o kākou. | except one thing; |
| Ch.9 p.50 para.1 sent.6 | A eia naʻe hoʻi kaʻu wahi ʻōlelo i koe iā ʻoe; ʻo ka ʻōlelo nō auaneʻi kaʻu, ʻo ka ʻae nō kāu.” | And now I have only one thing to advise; it is for me to speak and for you to decide." |
| Ch.9 p.50 para.4 sent.1 | ʻŌlelo aku ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, “ʻAʻole a kākou hana i koe; ua pau. | Said Aiwohikupua, "There is nothing left to be done; it is over; |
| Ch.9 p.50 para.4 sent.2 | Eia wale nō ka ʻōlelo i koe, ʻo nā kaikuahine o kāua, e noho lākou i ka nāhelehele nei, no ka mea, ʻaʻohe a lākou waiwai.” | only one word more — our sisters. let them stay here in the jungle, for they are worthless. |
| Ch.9 p.50 para.5 sent.1 | A laila, huli akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, a ʻōlelo akula i nā kaikuahine, “E noho ʻoukou! | Then Aiwohikupua said to his sisters, "'You are to stay here; |
| Ch.9 p.50 para.5 sent.3 | ʻO ka nahele nō nei noho iho.” | the forest is your dwelling hereafter." |
| Ch.9 p.50 para.7 sent.1 | Kaha akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua mā iho, kāhea akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana ke kaikuahine muli loa, ʻī akula, “E lāua lā, kū iho! | When Aiwohikupua and his companion started to go, Kahalaomapuana, the youngest sister, called out. "O you two there! Wait! |
| Ch.9 p.50 para.7 sent.4 | Pau pū nō ʻo ka mea i hewa a me ka mea hewa ʻole. | we are all together, the guilty with the guiltless; |
| Ch.9 p.50 para.8 sent.1 | A lohe ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kēia ʻōlelo a kona kaikuahine ʻōpio, hoʻohewa ihola ʻo ia iā ia iho. | When Aiwohikupua heard his youngest sister, he felt himself to blame. |
| Ch.9 p.50 para.8 sent.2 | Kāhea maila ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i ke kaikuahine ʻōpiopio, “Iho mai kāua, ou mau kaikuaʻana ke noho aku.” | Aiwohikupua called to his sister, "You shall come with me; you older sisters must stay here." |
| Ch.10 p.51 para.1 sent.1 | A no kēia ʻōlelo a kona kaikauhine ʻōpiopio, a laila, ʻī aku ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, “O noho ma muli ou mau kaikuaʻana a nāu nō e huli aʻe me ko mau kaikuaʻana i kā ʻoukou wahi e hele ai. | At these words of his youngest sister Aiwohikupua said, "Stay here, then, with your sisters and go with them wherever you wish, |
| Ch.10 p.51 para.1 sent.3 | Huli akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua mā e hoʻi. | Aiwohikupua turned to go, |
| Ch.10 p.51 para.3 sent.1 | Huli maila ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, nānā hope akula i nā kaikuahine me ka ʻī aku, “ʻAʻole he hala hoʻomau. | Aiwohikupua turned and looked back at his younger sisters and said, "Constancy is not a sin; |
| Ch.10 p.51 para.4 sent.1 | ʻO ia ihola nō ko ʻoukou mea i lawe ʻia mai ai.” | that was what you were brought here for.'' |
| Ch.10 p.52 para.1 sent.1 | A hala akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua mā, kūkā ihola nā kaikuahine i ko lākou manaʻo a hoʻoholo ihola lākou e ukali ma hope o ke kaikunāne me ka manaʻo e maliu mai. | When Aiwohikupua and his companion had departed, the sisters conferred together and agreed to follow him, thinking he could be pacified. |
| Ch.10 p.52 para.2 sent.5 | ʻO ke ala nui, ala iki, | Over the high way, over the low way. |
| Ch.10 p.52 para.2 sent.6 | ʻO ka ua hāʻawe kua, | In the rain with a pack on its back, |
| Ch.10 p.52 para.2 sent.8 | ʻO ka ua hoʻokamumu hala, | In the rain that roars in the hala trees. |
| Ch.10 p.52 para.5 sent.3 | Hoʻokahi mea nāna i hoʻopuka kā lākou ʻōlelo, ʻo Kahalaomāpuana ko lākou muli loa. | then one of them, Kahalaomapuana, the youngest, began to speak. |
| Ch.10 p.53 para.1 sent.1 | A haʻalele lākou iā Keaʻau, hiki mua nā kaikuahine i Punahoa ma kahi i kapa ʻia ʻo Kānoakapa. | They left Keaau, came first to Punahoa, to a place called Kanoakapa, |
| Ch.10 p.53 para.1 sent.2 | Noho iho lākou ma laila, hiki hope ʻo ʻAiwohikupua mā. | and sat down there until Aiwohikupua's party arrived. |
| Ch.10 p.53 para.2 sent.1 | Iā ʻAiwohikupua mā i ʻaneʻane ai e pae mai ma kahi a nā kaikuahine e noho aku ana, ʻike maila ʻo ʻAiwohikupua e noho aku ana kona mau kaikuahine. | When Aiwohikupua and his companions had almost come to land where the sisters were sitting. |
| Ch.10 p.53 para.2 sent.2 | Kāhea koke aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i nā hoe waʻa a me nā hoʻokele, “E haʻalele kākou i kēia awa, no ka mea, eia nō ua poʻe uhai loloa nei. | Aiwohikupua suddenly called out to the paddlers and the steersmen, "Let us leave this harbor; those women have chased us all this way; |
| Ch.10 p.53 para.3 sent.1 | Iā lākou i haʻalele ai i kahi a nā kaikuahine e noho ana, hea akula ʻo Mailelauliʻi ma hope ma ke mele penei: | As they left the sisters sitting there, Mailelaulii sang a song, as follows: |
| Ch.10 p.53 para.7 sent.1 | A lohe ʻo ʻAiwohikupua mā i ka leo o kēia kaikuahine, lana mālie ihola nā waʻa, a laila, ʻī akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana, “Pono ʻiʻo kākou. | As Aiwohikupua heard the sister's voice, they let the canoe float gently; then said Kahalaomapuana, "That is good for us; |
| Ch.10 p.53 para.7 sent.3 | Hoʻolohe aku kākou ʻo ka leo o ke kāhea mai, a kau kākou ma luna o nā waʻa, a laila palekana.” | now we shall hear them calling to us, and go on board the canoe, then we shall be safe." |
| Ch.10 p.53 para.7 sent.4 | A liʻuliʻu kā lākou lā hoʻolana ʻana i nā waʻa, ʻo ka huli akula nō ia o ʻAiwohikupua mā e holo; ʻaʻole wahi mea a maliu iki mai. | After letting the canoe float a little while, the whole party turned and made off, and had not the least compassion. |
| Ch.10 p.54 para.1 sent.2 | ʻO Kahalaomāpuana nō ko lākou mea manaʻo, ʻī maila i kona mau kaikuaʻana, “ʻElua māua i koe, ʻo wau a me Mailepākaha.” | Kahalaomapuana gave her advice. She said to her sisters, "There are two of us left. I and Mailepakaha." |
| Ch.10 p.54 para.2 sent.1 | ʻŌlelo mai hoʻi ʻo Mailepākaha, “ʻAʻole nō e maliu mai iaʻu, no ka mea, he maliu ʻole aʻela kā hoʻi i ko kāua mau kaikuaʻana, oki loa aku paha wau. | Answered Mailepakaha, "He will have no compassion for me, for he had none on any of our sisters; it may be worse with me. |
| Ch.10 p.54 para.3 sent.2 | ʻO ka mea lōʻihi o ka mauʻu, ʻo ia ka mea nāna e hoʻālohaloha ko lākou kaikunāne. | the one who pulled the longest, she was the one to plead with the brother; |
| Ch.10 p.54 para.4 sent.4 | Noho maila lākou nei ma kahi kaʻawale, a pēlā nō hoʻi ʻo ʻAiwohikupua mā ma kahi kaʻawale. | Here they camped at some distance from Aiwohikupua's party, and Aiwohikupua's party from them. |
| Ch.10 p.54 para.5 sent.3 | ʻO ke kumu o ia hana ʻana a lākou pēlā, i ike ʻia ka manawa holo ʻo ʻAiwohikupua mā, no ka mea, ua maʻa kona mau kaikuahine i ka holo ʻana mai mai Kauaʻi mai, ma ka wanaʻao e holo ai. | This was in order to see Aiwohikupua's start, for on their journey from Kauai the party had always set out at dawn. |
| Ch.10 p.54 para.6 sent.1 | Kū akula nā kaikuahine i ka pō a hiki i ko Mailepākaha waki e kū ana, hoʻomākaukau ʻo ʻAiwohikupua mā i nā waʻa no ka holo ʻana. | The sisters stood guard that night, until in Mailepakaha's watch Aiwohikupua's party made the canoes ready to start: |
| Ch.10 p.54 para.7 sent.2 | Hoʻokoke akula kona mau kaikuahine ma ke awa, a ʻo Kahalaomāpuana ka mea i hele loa aku a paʻa ma hope o nā waʻa, a kāhea aku ma ke mele, penei: | The sisters followed down to the landing, and Kahalaomapuana ran and clung to the back of the canoe and called to them in song, as follows: |
| Ch.10 p.54 para.8 sent.4 | ʻAuhea ʻoe, ʻo ʻoe | Where are you, oh! where? |
| Ch.10 p.54 para.8 sent.5 | ʻO ʻoe, ʻo mākou, i ʻō i ʻaneʻi hoʻi, | You and we, here and there. |
| Ch.10 p.54 para.8 sent.9 | ʻAu aku ʻo ka Waihālau, | Bathing at Waihalau |
| Ch.10 p.55 para.1 sent.3 | ʻO ka ʻale nui, ʻale iki, | Over the great waves, the little waves. |
| Ch.10 p.55 para.1 sent.4 | ʻO ka ʻale loa, ʻale poko, | Over the long waves, the short waves, |
| Ch.10 p.55 para.1 sent.5 | ʻO ka ʻale kua loloa o ka moana, | Over the long-backed waves of the ocean. |
| Ch.10 p.55 para.1 sent.7 | ʻO kēia nahele liʻuliʻu, | Far through the jungle. |
| Ch.10 p.55 para.1 sent.8 | ʻO ka pō ʻiu anoano, | Through the night, sacred and dreadful, |
| Ch.10 p.55 para.3 sent.1 | Iā Kahalaomāpuana e kau ana i ka ʻūhā o kona kaikunāne, kēnā aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i nā hoe waʻa i hoe ikaika. | When Kahalaomapuana was in her brother's lap, Aiwohikupua ordered the canoemen to paddle with all their might; |
| Ch.10 p.56 para.1 sent.1 | Iā Kahalaomāpuana e uē ana no kona mau kaikuaʻana, i ia manawa kona noi ʻana aku iā ʻAiwohikupua e hoʻihoʻi iā ia me kona mau kaikuaʻana, akā, ʻaʻole nō he maliu mai ʻo ʻAiwohikupua. | Then Kahalaomapuana wept for her sisters and besought Aiwohikupua to restore her to her sisters; but Aiwohikupua would not take pity on her. |
| Ch.10 p.56 para.2 sent.1 | A nō ka paʻakikī loa o ʻAiwohikupua ʻaʻole e hoʻokuʻu i kona kaikuahine, i ia manawa, lele akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana mai luna aku o ka waʻa a hāʻule i loko o ke kai. | And because of Aiwohikupua's stubbornness in refusing to let his sister go, then Kahalaomapuana jumped from the canoe into the sea. |
| Ch.11 p.57 para.1 sent.1 | I loko o kēia kaukau hope loa a Kahalaomāpuana, ua hoʻopiha ʻia ko ʻAiwohikupua naʻau i ke aloha nui, a kāhea aʻela ʻo ia e hoʻoemi hope nā waʻa, akā, ua hala hope loa ʻo Kahalaomāpuana i hope no ka ikaika loa o ka holo o nā waʻa. | Dining this very last song of Kahalaomapuana's, Aiwohikupua's heart filled with love, and he called out for the canoe to back up, but Kahalaomapuana had been left far behind, so swiftly were the men paddling, |
| Ch.11 p.57 para.5 sent.1 | Iā lākou nō e uē ana, hōʻea mai ana ʻo Kahalaomāpuana ma ka pali mai, a laila, ua kuʻu ʻia ka naʻau kaumaha o kona mau kaikuaʻana. | While they were still mourning Kahalaomapuana appeared by the cliff; then their sorrow was at an end. |
| Ch.11 p.58 para.2 sent.1 | I loko o kēlā mau lā kūkā o lākou, ʻaʻole i pane iki ko lākou kaikaina, a no ia mea, ʻōlelo aku kekahi o kona mau kaikuaʻana, “E Kahalaomāpuana, ʻo mākou wale nō ia e noʻonoʻo nei i mea no kākou e ʻike aku ai iā Lāʻieikawai, ʻaʻole naʻe he loaʻa. | During this debate their younger sister did not speak, so one of her older sisters said, "Kahalaomapuana, all of us have tried to devise a way to see Laieikawai, but we have not found one; |
| Ch.11 p.58 para.5 sent.1 | I ka lima o ka pō, ʻo ia ko Kahalaomāpuana pō, ʻo ka hope loa nō hoʻi ia, hoʻā ihola ke ahi, a ma ka waenakonu o ka pō, hana ihola ʻo Kahalaomāpuana he pū lāʻī a hoʻokani akula. | On the fifth night, Kahalaomapuana's night, the last night of all, they lighted the fire, and at midnight Kahalaomapuana made a trumpet of a ti leaf and played on it. |
| Ch.11 p.58 para.5 sent.3 | A ma ka pili o ke ao, hoʻokani hou akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana i kāna pū lāʻī e like me ke kani mua ʻana, a laila, ua lilo ihola nō ia i mea leʻaleʻa no ke aliʻi. | And just before daylight Kahalaomapuana played again on her ti leaf trumpet as before, then this delighted the princess. |
| Ch.11 p.58 para.6 sent.1 | I ka lua o ka pō, hana hou nō ʻo Kahalaomāpuana i kāna hana, ma ka pili naʻe o ke ahiahi kāna hoʻomaka ʻana e hoʻokani. | The second night Kahalaomapuana did the same thing again; she began early in the evening to play, |
| Ch.11 p.58 para.7 sent.2 | I ia manawa, ua hoʻouluhua ʻia ko Lāʻieikawai manawa hiamoe, a ʻo ka ʻoi nō hoʻi kēia o ka pō leʻaleʻa loa o ke aliʻi. | Then Laieikawai's sleep was disturbed, and this night she was even more delighted. |
| Ch.11 p.59 para.4 sent.3 | A lawe ʻia akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana, a laila, ua hoʻohauʻoli ʻia ka naʻau o kona mau kaikuaʻana no ka manaʻo nō e loaʻa ana ka pōmaikaʻi ma hope. | When Kahalaomapuana was carried away, the hearts of the sisters sang for joy, for they thought to win fortune thereafter. |
| Ch.11 p.61 para.3 sent.2 | ʻĪ maila ʻo Lāʻieikawai, “Nāu anei ia mea kani leʻaleʻa i kani mai ai i kēlā pō a me kēia pō?” | Said Laieikawai, "Is the merry instrument yours that sounded here last night and this?" |
| Ch.11 p.61 para.5 sent.1 | “ʻO ia ana,” wahi a Lāʻieikawai. | "Go on," said Laieikawai, |
| Ch.11 p.61 para.6 sent.1 | Lālau aʻela ʻo Kahalaomāpuana i kāna pū lāʻī ma kona pepeiao, hoʻokani akula i mua o ke aliʻi, a laila, ua hoʻoleʻaleʻa ʻia ʻo Lāʻieikawai. | Kahalaomapuana took her ti leaf trumpet from behind her ear, and played before the princess; then Laieikawai was delighted. |
| Ch.11 p.61 para.6 sent.2 | ʻO ia ka maka mua o ko ke aliʻi ʻike ʻana i kēia mea kani. | This was the first time the princess had seen this kind of instrument. |
| Ch.12 p.63 para.1 sent.1 | A no ka lilo loa o ko Lāʻieikawai manawa i ka ʻoliʻoli no ka mea kani leʻaleʻa a ke kaikamahine, a laila, kēnā aʻela ʻo Lāʻieikawai i ke kaikamahine e hoʻokani hou, ʻī akula ke kaikamahine, “ʻAʻole e kani ke hoʻokani hou, no ka mea, ua mālamalama loa. | Now, Laieikawai became fascinated with the merry instrument upon which the girl played, so she bade her sound it again. Said the girl, '' I can not sound it again, for it is now daylight, |
| Ch.12 p.63 para.1 sent.2 | He mea mau ia, ma ka pō wale nō e kani ai nei mea kani, ʻaʻole e pono ma ke ao,” a no kēia ʻōlelo a ke kaikamahine, kāhāhā loa ihola ʻo Lāʻieikawai me ka manaʻo he wahaheʻe na ke kaikamahine. | and this instrument is a kind that sounds only by night; it will never sound by day." |
| Ch.12 p.63 para.1 sent.3 | A laila, lālau akula ʻo Lāʻieikawai i ka pū lāʻī ma ka lima o ke kaikamahine a hoʻokani ihola, a no ko Lāʻieikawai maʻa ʻole i ka hoʻokani ka pū lāʻī, no laila, ua loaʻa ʻole ke kani ma ia hoʻokani ʻana, a laila, he mea maopopo loa i ke aliʻi wahine he mea kani ʻole nō ka pū lāʻī ke hoʻokani ma ke ao. | Laieikawai was surprised at these words, thinking the girl was lying. So she snatched the trumpet out of the girl's hand and played upon it. and because she was unpracticed in playing the trumpet the thing made no sound; then the princess believed that the trumpet would not sound by day. |
| Ch.12 p.63 para.2 sent.1 | ʻŌlelo akula ʻo Lāʻieikawai iā Kahalaomāpuana, “Ke makemake nei wau e hoʻāikāne kāua, a ma koʻu hale nei ʻoe e noho ai. | Said Laieikawai to Kahalaomapuana, "Let us two be friends, and you shall live here in my house |
| Ch.12 p.63 para.2 sent.2 | E lilo ʻoe i mea punahele naʻu, a ʻo kāu hana ka hoʻoleʻaleʻa mai iaʻu.” | and become my favorite, and your work will be to amuse me." |
| Ch.12 p.63 para.3 sent.1 | ʻŌlelo akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana, “E ke Aliʻi ē, ua pono kāu ʻōlelo, akā, he mea kaumaha noʻu ke noho wau me ʻoe a e loaʻa ana paha iaʻu ka pōmaikaʻi, a ʻo koʻu mau kaikuaʻana, e lilo paha auaneʻi lākou i mea pilikia.” | Said Kahalaomapuana, "O princess, you have spoken well; but it would grieve me to live with you and perhaps gain happiness for myself while my sisters might be suffering." |
| Ch.12 p.64 para.1 sent.1 | ʻŌlelo akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana, “ʻEono mākou ko mākou nui a nā mākua hoʻokahi, ʻo ko mākou ono, he keiki kāne, a ʻelima mākou nā kaikuahine. | Said Kahalaomapuana, ''There are six of us born of the same parents; one of the six is a boy and five of us are his younger sisters, |
| Ch.12 p.64 para.1 sent.2 | ʻO ke keiki kāne nō ko mākou mua, a ʻo wau ko mākou muli loa. | and the boy is the oldest, and I am the youngest born. |
| Ch.12 p.64 para.2 sent.1 | Nīnau maila ʻo Lāʻieikawai, “No hea mai ʻoukou?” | Laieikawai asked, "Where do you come from?" |
| Ch.12 p.64 para.5 sent.1 | Haʻi akula kēlā, “ʻO ʻAiwohikupua.” | "Aiwohikupua," replied the girl. |
| Ch.12 p.64 para.6 sent.1 | Nīnau hou ʻo Lāʻieikawai, “ʻO wai ko ʻoukou mau inoa pākahi?” | Again Laieikawai asked, "What are the names of each of you?" |
| Ch.12 p.64 para.7 sent.1 | A laila, hoʻomaopopo ihola ʻo Lāʻieikawai, ʻo lākou nō ka poʻe i hiki i kēlā pō mua. | Then Laieikawai understood that these were the persons who came that first night. |
| Ch.12 p.64 para.7 sent.2 | ʻĪ akula ʻo Lāʻieikawai, “ʻO kou mau kaikuaʻana a me ke kaikunāne o ʻoukou kai maopopo, inā naʻe ʻo ʻoukou kai hiki mai i kēlā pō aku nei lā. | Said Laieikawai, "Your sisters and your brother I know well, if it was really you who came to me that night; |
| Ch.12 p.64 para.7 sent.3 | Akā, ʻo ʻoe kaʻu mea i lohe ʻole.” | but you I did not hear. |
| Ch.12 p.64 para.8 sent.1 | “ʻO mākou nō,” wahi a Kahalaomāpuana. | "Yes; we were the ones," said Kahalaomapuana. |
| Ch.12 p.64 para.9 sent.1 | ʻĪ akula ʻo Lāʻieikawai, “Inā ʻo ʻoukou kai hiki mai i kēlā pō, a laila, na wai i alakaʻi iā ʻoukou ma kēia wahi, no ka mea, he wahi ʻike ʻole ʻia kēia, ʻakahi wale nō poʻe i hele mai i kēia wahi.” | Said Laieikawai, "If you were the ones who came that night, who guided you here? For the place is unfrequented, not a single person comes here." |
| Ch.12 p.64 para.12 sent.1 | A mākaukau ka hale, kēnā akula ʻo Lāʻieikawai iā Kahalaomāpuana, “E hoʻi ʻoe a kēlā pō aku, piʻi mai ʻoe me ou mau kaikuaʻana mai i ʻike aku wau iā lākou, a laila, e leʻaleʻa mai ʻoe iā kākou i kāu mea kani leʻaleʻa.” | When the house was prepared Laieikawai gave orders to Kahalaomapuana: "You return, and to-night come here with all your sisters; when I have seen them then you shall play to us on your merry instrument." |
| Ch.12 p.64 para.13 sent.1 | A hala akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana a hui me kona mau kaikuaʻana, nīnau maila naʻe kona mau kaikuaʻana i kāna hana a me ke ʻano o ko lāua hālāwai ʻana me ke aliʻi, haʻi akula kēlā, “Iaʻu i hiki aku ai a ma ka puka o ka hale o ke aliʻi, wehe akula kahi kuapuʻu nāna i kiʻi mai nei iaʻu, a i kuʻu ʻike ʻana aku nei i ke aliʻi e kau mai ana i luna o ka ʻēheu o nā manu, no ia ʻike ʻana oʻu, ua ʻeʻehia wau me ka makaʻu a hāʻule akula wau i lalo ma ka lepo. | When Kahalaomapuana rejoined her sisters they asked what she had done — what kind of interview she had had with the princess. Answered the girl, "When I reached the door of the palace a hunchback opened the door to receive me, and when I saw the princess resting on the wings of birds, at the sight I trembled with fear and fell down to the earth. |
| Ch.12 p.65 para.1 sent.2 | Iā lākou naʻe i ʻike aku ai iā Lāʻieikawai, a laila, ua pūʻiwa koke lākou a holo akula me ka haʻalulu ʻeʻehia a pau loa lākou i ka hāʻule i ka honua, koe naʻe ʻo Kahalaomāpuana. | But when they actually saw Laieikawai, then they were filled with dread, and all except Kahalaomapuana ran trembling with fear and fell to the ground. |
| Ch.12 p.65 para.2 sent.4 | I loko o kēlā pilikia kēia pilikia, ʻo kākou nō kekahi i laila. | Whatever trouble comes to one, the others shall share; |
| Ch.12 p.65 para.3 sent.4 | ʻAʻole he ʻoluʻolu e lawe mākou i kāne male, a ʻo ka makemake o ko mākou mau mākua, e noho puʻupaʻa mākou a hiki i ko mākou mau lā hope. | to take no delight in men; and it is their wish that we remain virgin until the end of our days; |
| Ch.12 p.66 para.2 sent.1 | I kekahi awakea, i ko ke aliʻi manawa ala mai ka hiamoe mai, hele akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana e hoʻoleʻaleʻa i ke aliʻi ma ka hoʻokanikani ʻana i ka pū lāʻī a pau ko ke aliʻi makemake. | One afternoon, just as the princess woke from sleep, came Kahalaomapuana to amuse the princess by playing on the trumpet until the princess wished it no longer. |
| Ch.12 p.66 para.3 sent.1 | ʻĪ maila ʻo Lāʻieikawai, “Ke ʻae aku nei wau e like me kā ʻoukou mau ʻōlelo hoʻoholo, a ʻo ʻoukou nō ka mana ma Paliuli nei a puni.” | Said Laieikawai, "I consent to your agreement, and yours shall be the guardianship over all the land of Paliuli." |
| Ch.12 p.66 para.4 sent.2 | No ko lākou manaʻo e puka hou ana ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i Paliuli, a laila, he mana ko lākou e kipaku i ko lākou ʻenemi. | if Aiwohikupua should again enter Paliuli, to have power to bar their enemy. |
| Ch.12 p.66 para.5 sent.5 | A no kēia mea, ua lilo ʻo Paliuli i ʻāina aloha loa na lākou, a ma laila lākou i noho ai a hiki i ka haunaele ʻana iā Halaaniani. | So Paliuli became to them a land beloved, and there they dwelt until the trouble came upon them which was wrought by Halaaniani. |
| Ch.13 p.67 para.1 sent.1 | Ma hope iho o ko Kahalaomāpuana lele ʻana i loko o ke kai mai luna iho o nā waʻa, e holo ikaika loa ana nā waʻa i ia manawa, no laila, ua hala hope loa ʻo Kahalaomāpuana. | At the time when Kahalaomapuana leaped from the canoe into the sea it was going very swiftly, so she fell far behind. |
| Ch.13 p.67 para.2 sent.1 | Iā ʻAiwohikupua i hoʻi ai mai Hawaiʻi mai a hiki ma waena o Oʻahu nei a me Kauaʻi, ʻōlelo akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kona mau hoe waʻa penei, “I ko kākou hoʻi ʻana ʻaneʻi a hiki i Kauaʻi, mai ʻōlelo ʻoukou i Hawaiʻi aku nei kākou i o Lāʻieikawai lā o hilahila auaneʻi au, no ka mea, he kanaka wau ua waia i ka ʻōlelo ʻia, a no laila, ke haʻi aku nei au i kaʻu ʻōlelo paʻa iā ʻoukou. | As Aiwohikupua sailed away from Hawaii, between Oahu and Kauai he spoke to his paddlers as follows: "When we get back to Kauai let no one tell that we have been to Hawaii after Laieikawai, lest shame come to me and I be spoken of jeeringly; and therefore I lay my commands upon you. |
| Ch.13 p.67 para.2 sent.2 | ʻO ka mea nāna e haʻi i kēia hele ʻana o kākou a lohe wau, a laila, ʻo kona uku ka make a me kona ʻohana a pau. | "Whoever speaks of this journey of ours and I hear of it, his penalty is death, his and all his offspring, |
| Ch.13 p.67 para.3 sent.1 | I kekahi mau lā, makemake ihola ke aliʻi ʻo ʻAiwohikupua e hana i ʻahaʻaina pālala me nā aliʻi a me kona mau hoa a puni ʻo Kauaʻi. | A few days afterwards Aiwohikupua, the chief, wished to make a feast for the chiefs and for all his friends on Kauai. |
| Ch.13 p.67 para.3 sent.2 | A i ka mākaukau ʻana o ka ʻahaʻaina pālala a ke aliʻi, kauoha aʻela ke aliʻi i kāna ʻōlelo e kiʻi aku i nā hoa ʻai, ma nā aliʻi kāne wale nō, a hoʻokahi wale nō aliʻi wahine i ʻae ʻia e komo i ka ʻahaʻaina pālala, ʻo ia ʻo Kaʻiliokalauokekoa. | While the feast was being made ready the chief gave word to fetch the feasters; with all the male chiefs, only one woman of rank was allowed to come to the celebration; this was Kailiokalauokekoa. |
| Ch.13 p.68 para.1 sent.1 | I ka lā i ʻahaʻaina ai, ʻākoakoa maila nā hoa ʻai a pau loa, ua mākaukau nā mea ʻai, a ʻo ka ʻawa ko lākou mea inu ma ia ʻahaʻaina ʻana. | On the day of the feast all the guests assembled, the food was ready spread, and the drink at the feast was the awa. |
| Ch.13 p.68 para.1 sent.5 | Ma kēia inu ʻawa hope o lākou, ua loʻohia mai ma luna o lākou ka ʻona ʻawa, akā, hoʻokahi mea ʻoi aku o ka ʻona, ʻo ke aliʻi nāna ka papa ʻaina. | When this cup of awa was drained the effect of the awa overcame them. But the one who felt the effects most was the chief who gave the feast. |
| Ch.13 p.68 para.3 sent.1 | A ʻona ihola ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, a laila, hāliu pono akula ʻo ia ma kahi a Kauakahialiʻi e noho mai ana, ʻōlelo akula, “E Kauakahialiʻi ē, iā ʻoe nō e kamaʻilio ana iā mākou no Lāʻieikawai, komo koke ihola i loko oʻu ka makemake no kēlā wahine, no laila, moe ʻino koʻu mau pō e ake e ʻike. | While under the influence of the awa, Aiwohikupua turned right around upon Kanakahialii, who was sitting near, and said: "O Kanakahialii, when you were talking to us about Laieikawai, straightway there entered into me desire after that woman; then sleepless were my nights with the wish to sec her; |
| Ch.13 p.68 para.3 sent.5 | Hoʻi mai nei hoʻi wau a manaʻo mai, ʻo nā kaikuahine hoʻi ka mea e loaʻa ai, kiʻi mai nei. | I returned, in fact, thinking that the little sisters were the ones to get my wish: I fetched
them, |
| Ch.13 p.68 para.3 sent.7 | I hana aku ka hana, i ka hōʻole wale ʻia nō a pau nā kaikuahine ʻehā, koe ʻo kahi muli loa oʻu, ʻo koʻu hilahila nō ia, hoʻi mai nei. | let them do their best; when, as it happened, they were all refused, all four sisters except the youngest; for shame I returned. |
| Ch.13 p.68 para.4 sent.1 | I loko o kēlā manawa a ʻAiwohikupua e kamaʻilio ana no ka paʻakikī o Lāʻieikawai, i ia manawa, e noho ana ʻo Hauaʻiliki, ke keiki puʻukani o Mānā, i loko o ka ʻahaʻaina. | While Aiwohikupua talked of Laieikawai's stubbornness, Hauailiki was sitting at the feast, the young singer of Mana, |
| Ch.13 p.68 para.5 sent.1 | ʻĪ akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, “E Hauaʻiliki ē, ke makemake nei au e hele ʻoe i Hawaiʻi. | Said Aiwohikupua, ''Hauailiki, I wish you would go to Hawaii; |
| Ch.13 p.68 para.5 sent.2 | Inā e lilo mai ʻo Lāʻieikawai, he ʻoi ʻoe, a naʻu nō e hoʻouna me ʻoe i mau kānaka, a iaʻu nā waʻa. | if you get Laieikawai, you are a lucky fellow, and I will send men with you and a double canoe; |
| Ch.13 p.69 para.1 sent.1 | A pau kā ʻAiwohikupua mā ʻōlelo ʻana no kēia mau mea, i ia pō iho, kau ʻo Hauaʻiliki mā ma luna o nā waʻa a holo akula, akā, ua nui nō nā lā i hala ma ia holo ʻana. | After Aiwohikupua had finished speaking, that very night, Hauailiki boarded the double canoe and set sail, but many days passed on the journey. |
| Ch.13 p.69 para.1 sent.4 | ʻŌlelo akula ke kuhina o ʻAiwohikupua iā Hauaʻiliki, “E nānā ʻoe i kēlā ānuenue e piʻo maila i kai, ʻo Keaʻau nō ia, a aia i laila ʻo Lāʻieikawai. | Said Aiwohikupua's chief counsellor to Hauailiki, '' Look well at that rainbow arching the beach there at Keaau. |
| Ch.13 p.69 para.2 sent.1 | ʻĪ maila ʻo Hauaʻiliki, “Kainoa aia ʻo Paliuli kona wahi noho mau.” | Said Hauailiki, '' I thought Paliuli was where she lived." |
| Ch.13 p.69 para.3 sent.2 | Ua hoʻi aku naʻe ʻo Lāʻieikawai me nā kaikuahine o ʻAiwohikupua i uka o Paliuli. | Laieikawai had just returned with Aiwohikupua's sisters to Paliuli. |
| Ch.13 p.69 para.6 sent.1 | Iā Lāʻieikawai mā e noho ana ma kēlā kakahiaka, kū aʻela ʻo Hauaʻiliki a holoholo aʻela i mua o lākou lā e hōʻike ana iā ia iho ma kona ʻano kanaka uʻi me ka manaʻo e maliu ʻia mai e ke Aliʻi wahine o Paliuli. | As Laieikawai and her companions were sitting there that morning, Hauailiki stood up and walked about before them, showing off his good looks to gain the notice of the princess of Paliuli. |
| Ch.13 p.69 para.6 sent.2 | A he aha lā ʻo Hauaʻiliki iā Lāʻieikawai? | But what was Hauailiki to Laieikawai? |
| Ch.13 p.69 para.7 sent.2 | I ka lima o ka lā o ko Lāʻieikawai hiki ʻana ma Keaʻau, manaʻo ihola ʻo Hauaʻiliki e hōʻike iā ia iho i mua o kāna mea e ʻiʻini nui nei no kona akamai ma ka heʻe nalu. | On the fifth day of her coming. Hauailiki thought to display before the beloved one his skill with the surf board; |
| Ch.13 p.69 para.7 sent.3 | He ʻoiaʻiʻo! ʻO Hauaʻiliki nō ka ʻoi ma Kauaʻi no ke akamai i ka heʻe nalu, a ʻo ia nō ka ʻoi i loko o kona mau lā, a he keiki kaulana hoʻi ʻo ia ma ke akamai i ka heʻe nalu, a kaulana nō hoʻi no kona uʻi. | the truth is Hauailiki surpassed anyone else on Kauai as an expert in surf riding, he surpassed all others in his day, and he was famous for this skill as well as for his good looks. |
| Ch.13 p.69 para.8 sent.2 | I nā kamaʻāina e ʻākoakoa ana ma kūlana heʻe nalu, wehe aʻela ʻo Hauaʻiliki i kona ʻaʻahu kapa, hopu ihola i kona papa heʻe nalu (he olo) a hele akula a ma kahi e kūpono ana iā Lāʻieikawai mā, kū ihola ʻo ia no kekahi mau minuke. | While the people were gathering for surfing, Hauailiki undid his garment, got his surf board, of the kind made out of a thick piece of wili wili wood, went directly to the place where Laieikawai's party sat, and stood there for some minutes; |
| Ch.13 p.69 para.9 sent.2 | ʻĪ akula ʻo Mailehaʻiwale iā Lāʻieikawai, “Inā paha ʻaʻole mākou i hoʻolaʻa ʻia e ko kākou mau mākua, inā ua lawe wau iā Hauaʻiliki i kāne naʻu.” | Said Mailehaiwale to Laieikawai, "If we had not been set apart by our parents, I would take Hauailiki for my husband." |
| Ch.13 p.70 para.1 sent.1 | ʻĪ aku ʻo Lāʻieikawai, “Ua makemake nō hoʻi wau inā hoʻi ʻaʻole wau i hoʻolaʻa ʻia e koʻu kupuna wahine, no laila, he mea ʻole koʻu makemake.” | Said Laieikawai, "I like him. too; but I, too, have been set apart by my grandmother, so that my liking is useless." |
| Ch.13 p.70 para.2 sent.1 | “ʻO kāua pū,” wahi a Mailehaʻiwale. | "We are all alike," said Mailehaiwale. |
| Ch.13 p.70 para.3 sent.1 | A pau ko Hauaʻiliki mau minuke hoʻokahakaha, lele akula ua ʻo Hauaʻiliki me kona papa heʻe nalu i ke kai a ʻau akula a kūlana nalu. | When Hauailiki had showed himself off for some minutes, Hauailiki leaped with his surf board into the sea and swam out into the breakers. |
| Ch.13 p.70 para.4 sent.2 | Makemake nō ʻo ia e hoʻokāʻokoʻa iā ia, ʻo ia wale nō ma ka nalu ʻokoʻa i kumu e ʻike mai ai ʻo Lāʻieikawai no kona akamai i ka heʻe nalu; malia o makemake ʻia mai ʻo ia. | He wished to make himself conspicuous on a separate breaker, in order that Laieikawai should see his skill in surf riding and maybe take a liking to him. |
| Ch.14 p.71 para.1 sent.1 | A ʻike maopopo aʻela ʻo Hauaʻiliki ʻaʻole i komo i loko o Lāʻieikawai ka makemake iā Hauaʻiliki ma ia mea, hoʻopau aʻela ʻo ia i ka heʻe nalu ma ka papa; manaʻo aʻela ʻo ia e kaha. Haʻalele ihola ʻo ia i kona papa a ʻau akula i kūlana heʻe nalu. | When Hauailiki saw that Laieikawai still paid no attention to him he made up his mind to come in on the surf without the board. |
| Ch.14 p.71 para.1 sent.2 | Iā ia e ʻau ana, ʻōlelo aʻela ʻo Lāʻieikawai i kona mau hoa, “ʻĒ! Pupule ʻo Hauaʻiliki.” | He left it and swam out to the breakers. As he was swimming Laieikawai said, "Hauailiki must be crazy." |
| Ch.14 p.71 para.4 sent.1 | A ʻike akula ʻo Hauaʻiliki i ko Lāʻieikawai ʻakaʻaka ʻana iho, manaʻo ihola ʻo ia ua komo ka makemake iā Lāʻieikawai ma kēia hana a Hauaʻiliki, a laila, hoʻomau akula ʻo ia ma ke kaha nalu. | When Hauailiki saw Laieikawai smiling to herself he thought she had taken a liking to him because of this feat, so he kept on repeating it |
| Ch.14 p.71 para.4 sent.3 | Iā ia e lana mālie ana, ua kokoke mai ko Lāʻieikawai mā manawa hoʻi i Paliuli, i ia manawa, peʻahi maila ʻo Lāʻieikawai iā Hauaʻiliki. | and as he floated the time drew near for Laieikawai's party to return to Paliuli. Then Laieikawai
beckoned to Hauailiki. |
| Ch.14 p.72 para.1 sent.1 | A ʻike akula ʻo Hauaʻiliki i ka peʻahi ʻana mai, a laila, ua hoʻomohala ʻia kona naʻau kānalua. | When Hauailiki saw the signal the burden was lifted from his mind; |
| Ch.14 p.72 para.1 sent.2 | ʻĪ ihola ʻo Hauaʻiliki, ʻo ia wale nō, “ʻAʻole nō kā hoʻi ʻoe e kala i makemake ai, hoʻolohi wale iho nō,” a no ka peʻahi a ke aliʻi wahine o Paliuli, hoʻomoe ihola kēia i ka nalu a pae pono akula ma kahi a Lāʻieikawai mā e noho mai ana. | Hauailiki boasted to himself, "You wanted me all the time; you just delayed." And at the signal of the princess of Paliuli he lay upon the breaker and landed right where Laieikawai and her companions were sitting; |
| Ch.14 p.72 para.1 sent.3 | I ia manawa, hāʻawi maila ʻo Lāʻieikawai i ka lei lehua, hoʻolei ihola ma ka ʻāʻī o Hauaʻiliki e like me kāna hana mau i ka poʻe akamai i ka heʻe nalu. | then Laieikawai threw a lehua wreath around Hauailiki's neck, as she always did for those who showed skill in surf riding. |
| Ch.14 p.72 para.1 sent.4 | A ma hope iho o ia manawa, e uhi ana ka noe a me ka ʻohu, a i ka mao ʻana aʻe, ʻaʻole ʻo Lāʻieikawai mā. | And soon after the mist and fog covered the land, and when it passed away nothing was to be seen of Laieikawai and her party; |
| Ch.14 p.72 para.2 sent.1 | ʻO ka iho hope ʻana kēia a Lāʻieikawai mā i Keaʻau i loko o ko Hauaʻiliki mau lā. | This was the last time that Laieikawai's party came to Keaau while Hauailiki was there; |
| Ch.14 p.72 para.2 sent.2 | Aia nō a hala aku ʻo Hauaʻiliki mā i Kauaʻi, a laila, hiki hou ʻo Lāʻieikawai i Keaʻau. | after Hauailiki's return to Kauai, then Laieikawai came again to Keaau. |
| Ch.14 p.72 para.3 sent.1 | Iā Lāʻieikawai mā i hala ai i uka o Paliuli, hoʻi akula ʻo Hauaʻiliki mai ka heʻe nalu aku a hālāwai me ke kuhina o ʻAiwohikupua, ʻo kona alakaʻi hoʻi, ʻī akula, “Kainoa ʻo kahi paʻa aʻe nei a paʻa, he ʻoiaʻiʻo nō kā kā ʻAiwohikupua e ʻōlelo nei. | After Laieikawai's party were gone to the uplands of Paliuli, Hauailiki left off surf riding and joined his guide, the chief counsellor of Aiwohikupua. Said he, "I think she is the only one who is impregnable: what Aiwohikupua said is true. |
| Ch.14 p.72 para.3 sent.3 | Hoʻokahi wale nō mea i koe iā kāua, ʻo ke koʻele wāwae nō i Paliuli i nēia pō.” | only one way is left, for us to foot it to Paliuli to-night." |
| Ch.14 p.72 para.5 sent.1 | ʻĪ akula ʻo Hauaʻiliki , “E ʻae mai ʻoe iā māua e piʻi aku e ʻike i ka hale o ke aliʻi.” | Said Hauailiki, "Just let us go take a look at the princess's house." |
| Ch.14 p.72 para.6 sent.1 | ʻĪ maila ʻo Mailehaʻiwale, “ʻAʻole wau e ʻae aku i ko ʻolua manaʻo, no ka mea, ʻo koʻu kuleana nō ia i hoʻonoho ʻia ai ma kēia wahi e kipaku aku i ka poʻe hele mai i uka nei e like me ʻolua.” | Said Mailehaiwale, "I will not let you; for I am put here to drive off everybody who comes up here like you two." |
| Ch.14 p.72 para.7 sent.2 | ʻĪ maila ʻo Mailekaluhea, “ʻĒ! E hoʻi ʻolua ʻānō! | Said Mailekaluhea, "Here! you two go back, |
| Ch.14 p.73 para.4 sent.2 | I ia manawa; hāʻule akula ʻo Hauaʻiliki i ka honua me ka naʻau ʻeʻehia. | then Hauailiki fell to the earth with trembling heart. |
| Ch.14 p.73 para.7 sent.1 | I loko naʻe o ko Hauaʻiliki manawa hiamoe, hālāwai maila ʻo Lāʻieikawai me ka moeʻuhane. | While Hauailiki slept, Laieikawai came to him in a dream, |
| Ch.14 p.73 para.8 sent.1 | Moe hou ihola nō ʻo Hauaʻiliki, loaʻa hou nō iā ia ka moeʻuhane e like me ma mua. | Hauailiki slept again; again he had the dream as at first; |
| Ch.14 p.74 para.2 sent.1 | Iā ia i hiki ai ma waho o ka hale aliʻi, ua hiamoe loa ʻo Kahalaomāpuana. | When he got outside the chief-house Kahalaomapuana was fast asleep, |
| Ch.14 p.74 para.3 sent.2 | I ia manawa, puoho maila ʻo Lāʻieikawai mai ka hiamoe ʻana, aia hoʻi, e kū ana ʻo Hauaʻiliki ma kona poʻo, a he mea pono ʻole ia i ko ke aliʻi wahine manaʻo. | Then Laieikawai started up from sleep, and behold! Hauailiki standing at her head, and her mind was troubled. |
| Ch.14 p.74 para.3 sent.3 | A laila, ʻōlelo malū maila ʻo Lāʻieikawai iā Hauaʻiliki, “E hoʻi ʻoe ʻānō i kēia manawa, no ka mea, ua waiho ʻia ka make a me ke ola i koʻu mau kiaʻi, a no laila, ke minamina nei wau iā ʻoe. | Then Laieikawai spoke softly to Hauailiki, "Go away now, for death and life have been left with my guardians, and therefore I pity you; |
| Ch.14 p.74 para.4 sent.1 | ʻĪ akula ʻo Hauaʻiliki, “E ke Aliʻi, e honi kāua, no ka mea, iaʻu i piʻi mai ai i uka nei i kēia mau pō aku nei lā, ua hiki mai wau i uka nei me ko ʻike ʻole, akā, ma ka mana o kou mau kiaʻi, ua kipaku ʻia wau. | Hauailiki said, "O Princess, let us kill one another, for a few nights ago I came up and got here without seeing you; we were driven away by the power of your guards, |
| Ch.14 p.74 para.5 sent.1 | ʻĪ akula ʻo Lāʻieikawai , “E hoʻi ʻoe! | Laieikawai said, "Return; |
| Ch.14 p.74 para.7 sent.2 | A puoho aʻela ʻo ia mai ka hiamoe aʻe, kāhea akula me ka nīnau aku, “E Lāʻieikawai! ʻO wai kou hoa kamaʻilio e haukamumu mai nei?” | and she started up from sleep and called out, "O Laieikawai, who is the confidant who is whispering to you?" |
| Ch.14 p.74 para.8 sent.1 | A ma hope, ala aʻela ʻo Kahalaomāpuana, a komo akula i ka hale aliʻi. | Soon Kahalaomapuana arose and entered the house, |
| Ch.14 p.74 para.8 sent.2 | Aia hoʻi, e noho mai ana ʻo Hauaʻiliki me Lāʻieikawai i loko o ka hale aliʻi. | and behold! Hauailiki was in the house with Laieikawai. |
| Ch.14 p.74 para.8 sent.3 | ʻĪ akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana, “ʻĒ! E Hauaʻiliki, e kū ʻoe e hele! | Kahalaomapuana said, "O Hauailiki, arise and go; |
| Ch.14 p.74 para.8 sent.7 | A no kēia ʻōlelo a Kahalaomāpuana, kū aʻela ʻo Hauaʻiliki me ka naʻau hilahila a hoʻi akula i kai o Keaʻau, a haʻi akula i kona hoa no kēia piʻi ʻana i Paliuli. | And at these words of Kahalaomapuana Hauailiki arose with shame in his heart, and returned to the beach at Keaau and told his comrades about his journey to Paliuli. |
| Ch.14 p.75 para.1 sent.1 | A ʻike ihola ʻo Hauaʻiliki ʻaʻole he kuleana hou e loaʻa ai ʻo Lāʻieikawai, a laila, hoʻomākaukau aʻela nā wāʻa no ka hoʻi i Kauaʻi. | When Hauailiki saw that he had no further chance to win Laieikawai, then he made the canoe ready to go back to Kauai, |
| Ch.14 p.75 para.2 sent.2 | Iā Hauaʻiliki mā e hoʻokokoke aku ana ma ka nuku o ka muliwai ʻo Wailua, ʻike akula ʻo ia iā ʻAiwohikupua, kāhea akula, “Ua eo wau iā ʻoe.” | As Hauailiki and his party were nearing the mouth of the river at Wailua, he saw Aiwohikupua and called out, "I have lost." |
| Ch.14 p.75 para.3 sent.1 | A hiki akula ʻo Hauaʻiliki a haʻi akula i ke ʻano o kāna hele ʻana iā ʻAiwohikupua me ka haʻi aku naʻe i ka lilo ʻana o kona mau kaikuahine i mau kiaʻi no ke aliʻi, a laila, he mea ʻoliʻoli ia iā ʻAiwohikupua. | When Hauailiki landed and told Aiwohikupua the story of his journey and how his sisters had become the princess's guardians, then Aiwohikupua rejoiced. |
| Ch.14 p.75 para.4 sent.1 | I loko naʻe o ko Hauaʻiliki manawa e kamaʻilio ana no ka lilo ʻana o nā kaikuahine o ʻAiwohikupua i mau koa kiaʻi no Lāʻieikawai, a laila, ua manaʻolana hou aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua e holo i Hawaiʻi no ke kiʻi nō iā Lāʻieikawai e like nō me kona manaʻo mua. | While Hauailiki was telling how Aiwohikupua's sisters had become guardians to Laieikawai, then Aiwohikupua conceived afresh the hope of sailing to Hawaii to get Laieikawai, as he had before desired. |
| Ch.15 p.77 para.1 sent.1 | ʻĪ ihola ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, “Pōmaikaʻi wau no kuʻu haʻalele ʻana i nā kaikuahine oʻu i Hawaiʻi, a e kō auaneʻi koʻu makemake, no ka mea, ua lohe aʻe nei wau ua lilo koʻu mau kaikuahine i mau koa kiaʻi no kaʻu mea e manaʻo nei.” | Said Aiwohikupua, How fortunate I am to have left my sisters on Hawaii, and so I shall attain my desire, for I have heard that my sisters are guardians to the one on whom I have set my heart." |
| Ch.15 p.77 para.2 sent.1 | I kēlā manawa a nā aliʻi a pau e ʻākoakoa nei ma Wailua, a laila, kū maila ʻo ʻAiwohikupua a haʻi maila i kona manaʻo i mua o nā aliʻi, “ʻAuhea ʻoukou. | Now, while all the chiefs were gathered at Wailua, then Aiwohikupua stood up and declared his intention in presence of the chiefs: "Where are you! |
| Ch.15 p.77 para.3 sent.1 | A no kēlā ʻōlelo a ʻAiwohikupua, pane maila ʻo Hauaʻiliki, “ʻAʻole e loaʻa iā ʻoe, no ka mea, ua ʻike akula wau i ke kapu o ke aliʻi wahine, a kapukapu nō hoʻi me ou mau kaikuahine. | At these words of Aiwohikupua, Hauailiki said, "You will not succeed, for I saw that the princess was taboo, and your sisters also put on reserved airs; |
| Ch.15 p.77 para.3 sent.2 | Hoʻokahi naʻe kaikuahine huhū loa, ʻo kahi mea ʻuʻuku, no laila koʻu manaʻo paʻa ʻaʻole e loaʻa iā ʻoe, a he uku nō kou kokoke aku.” | one of them, indeed, was furious, the smallest of them; so my belief is you will not succeed, and if you go near you will get paid for it." |
| Ch.15 p.77 para.3 sent.3 | A no kēia ʻōlelo a Hauaʻiliki, ʻaʻole he manaʻoʻiʻo ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, no ka mea, ua manaʻolana loa kēlā no ka lohe ʻana ʻo kona mau kaikuahine nā kiaʻi o ke aliʻi. | To Hauailiki's words Aiwohikupua paid no attention, for he was hopeful because of what he had heard of his sisters guarding the princess. |
| Ch.15 p.77 para.5 sent.2 | A no kēia ʻōlelo a Hauaʻiliki, ʻaʻole he manaʻoʻiʻo ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, no ka mea, ua manaʻolana loa kēlā no ka lohe ʻana ʻo kona mau kaikuahine nā kiaʻi o ke aliʻi. | To Hauailiki's words Aiwohikupua paid no attention, for he was hopeful because of what he had heard of his sisters guarding the princess. |
| Ch.15 p.78 para.1 sent.2 | A hiki lākou ma Kohala, i ia manawa, ʻakahi nō a maopopo i ko Kohala poʻe ʻo ʻAiwohikupua kēia, ke kupua kaulana a puni nā moku. | When they came to Kohala, for the first time the Kohala people recognized Aiwohikupua, a magician renowned all over the islands. |
| Ch.15 p.78 para.2 sent.2 | I kēlā manawa a lākou i hiki aku ai, ua hoʻi aku ʻo Lāʻieikawai a me nā kaikuahine pū o ʻAiwohikupua i Paliuli. | Just as they reached there, Laieikawai and the sisters of Aiwohikupua returned to Paliuli. |
| Ch.15 p.78 para.3 sent.2 | ʻĪ maila ʻo Waka, “Ua hiki hou maila ʻo ʻAiwohikupua ma Keaʻau i kēia lā, no laila, e kiaʻi ʻoukou me ka mākaukau. | Said Waka, "Aiwohikupua has come again to Keaau, so let the guard be watchful, |
| Ch.15 p.78 para.4 sent.1 | A lohe ke koa kiaʻi nui o ke aliʻi wahine i kēia ʻōlelo a ko lākou kupuna wahine, i ia manawa, kauoha koke aʻela ʻo Kahalaomāpuana iā Kihanuilūlūmoku ko lākou akua e hoʻokokoke mai ma ka hale aliʻi e hoʻomākaukau no ka hoʻouka kaua. | When the princess's head guard heard her grandmother's words, then Kahalaomapuana immediately ordered Kihanuilulumoku, their god, to come near the home of the chief and prepare for battle. |
| Ch.15 p.78 para.5 sent.2 | Iā lākou i ʻākoakoa ai, kūkākūkā ihola lākou ma nā mea kūpono iā lākou, a eia kā lākou mau ʻōlelo hoʻoholo ma o ka noʻonoʻo lā o Kahalaomāpuana ke koa kiaʻi nui o ke aliʻi, “ʻO ʻoe, e Mailehaʻiwale, inā e hiki mai ʻo ʻAiwohikupua a hālāwai ʻolua, e kipaku aku ʻoe iā ia, no ka mea, ʻo ʻoe nō ke kiaʻi mua loa. | When they met and consulted what was best to be done, all agreed to what Kahalaomapuana, the princess's chief guard, proposed, as follows: "You, Mailehaiwale, if Aiwohikupua should come hither, and you two meet, drive him away, for you are the first guard; |
| Ch.15 p.78 para.6 sent.1 | Ma ka wanaʻao o ia pō iho, hiki ana ʻo ʻAiwohikupua me kona kuhina. | At dawn that night arrived Aiwohikupua with his counsellor. |
| Ch.15 p.78 para.6 sent.3 | Akā, ʻaʻole naʻe ʻo ʻAiwohikupua manaʻo i ia kapu, no ka mea, ua lohe mua nō ia ʻo kona mau kaikuahine ka mana kiaʻi. | But Aiwohikupua would not believe it taboo because of having heard that his sisters had the guardian power. |
| Ch.15 p.79 para.2 sent.2 | Mahamaha akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua no ka ʻike ʻana aku i ke kaikuahine, i ia wā koke nō, pane akula ʻo Mailehaʻiwale, “E hoʻi nō ʻolua! | overjoyed was Aiwohikupua to see his sister. At that instant Mailehaiwale cried, "Back, you two, |
| Ch.15 p.79 para.3 sent.1 | Kuhi ihola ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, hoʻomāʻakaʻaka, hoʻomāʻauea, hoʻomaka hou akula lāua e hoʻokokoke i o Mailehaʻiwale, kipaku hou maila nō ke kiaʻi. | Aiwohikupua supposed this was in sport; both again began to approach Mailehaiwale; again the guardian told them to go. |
| Ch.15 p.79 para.3 sent.3 | ʻO wai ko ʻolua kuleana o uka nei, a ʻo wai ko ʻolua makamaka?” | What business have you up here and who will befriend you?" |
| Ch.15 p.79 para.4 sent.2 | “Kainoa ʻo ʻoukou nō koʻu makamaka, a ma o ʻoukou lā e loaʻa ai koʻu makemake?” | "Are you not my friends here, and through you shall I not get my desire?" |
| Ch.15 p.79 para.5 sent.1 | I ia manawa, hoʻouna akula ʻo Mailehaʻiwale i kekahi manu kiaʻi ona a hiki i o Kahalaomāpuana lā. | Then Mailehaiwale sent one of her guardian birds to Kahalaomapuana; |
| Ch.16 p.81 para.1 sent.4 | ʻO ke kū akula nō ia o Kahalaomāpuana, hoʻi, pau ka ʻike ʻana. | Kahalaomapuana arose and disappeared. |
| Ch.16 p.81 para.3 sent.3 | A hiki ʻo ʻAiwohikupua mā i kai o Keaʻau, i ia manawa, hoʻolale aʻela ke kuhina o ʻAiwohikupua i nā pūʻali koa o ke aliʻi e piʻi e luku i nā kaikuahine ma ke kauoha a ke aliʻi. | As soon as Aiwohikupua and his companion reached the sea at Keaau, Aiwohikupua's counsellor dispatched the chief's picked fighting men to go up and destroy the sisters, according to the chief's command. |
| Ch.16 p.81 para.4 sent.1 | I ia lā nō, ʻike mua maila nō ʻo Waka i ko ʻAiwohikupua manaʻo a me kāna mau hana, a no ia mea, hele maila ʻo Waka a hālāwai me Kahalaomāpuana ko ke aliʻi wahine ʻalihikaua, ʻōlelo maila, “E Kahalaomāpuana, ua ʻike wau i ka manaʻo o ko ʻoukou kaikunāne a me kāna mau hana. | That very day Waka foresaw what Aiwohikupua's intention was.
So Waka went and met Kahalaomapuana, the princess's commander in chief, and said: "Kahalaomapuana, I have seen what your brother intends to do. |
| Ch.16 p.83 para.1 sent.9 | ʻO ia ka pule kauoha a Kahalaomāpuana i ko lākou akua. | This was Kahalaomapuana's charge to their god. |
| Ch.16 p.83 para.2 sent.1 | Ma ka pō ʻana iho, piʻi akula nā kānaka he ʻumi a ke aliʻi i wae aʻe e luku i nā kaikuahine o ʻAiwohikupua, a ʻo ka hope kuhina ka ʻumikumamākahi ma muli o ka hoʻokohu a ke kuhina nui i hope nona. | That night the ten men chosen by the chief went up to destroy the sisters of Aiwohikupua, and the assistant counsellor made the eleventh in place of the chief counsellor. |
| Ch.16 p.83 para.3 sent.2 | I ia manawa, lohe akula lākou i ka hū o ka nahele i ka makani o ke alelo o ua a moʻo nui nei ʻo Kihanuilūlūmoku e hanu mai ana iā lākou nei. | Then they heard the humming of the wind in the thicket from the tongue of that great lizard, Kihanuilulumoku, coming for them, |
| Ch.16 p.83 para.3 sent.7 | I ia manawa, e lele koke aku ana ka hope kuhina, ʻaʻole i kaʻawale aku, ʻo ka mūkā koke ʻia akula nō ia, pau loa, ʻaʻohe ʻāhaʻilono. | then the assistant counsellor leaped quickly back, could not make the distance; it snapped them up; not a messenger was left. |
| Ch.16 p.83 para.6 sent.1 | I ia manawa, kūkākūkā aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua me kona kuhina i ke kumu o kēia hoʻi ʻole mai o nā kānaka e hoʻouna mau ʻia nei. | Then Aiwohikupua consulted with his counsellor as to the reason for none of the men who had been sent returning. |
| Ch.16 p.83 para.6 sent.2 | ʻĪ aku ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kona kuhina, “He aha kēia e hoʻi ʻole mai nei nā kānaka a kāua e hoʻouna aku nei?” | Said Aiwohikupua to his counsellor, "How is it that these warriors who are sent do not return?" |
| Ch.16 p.84 para.2 sent.1 | “Pehea auaneʻi e make ai iā lākou? ʻO nā kaikamāhine palupalu ihola ka mea e make ai ʻo kaʻu manaʻo ʻana e make iā lākou?” | "How can they be killed by those helpless girls, whom I intended to kill?" |
| Ch.16 p.84 para.2 sent.2 | Pēlā aku ʻo ʻAiwohikupua. | So said Aiwohikupua. |
| Ch.16 p.84 para.5 sent.3 | ʻAʻole i ʻupuʻupu, lohe akula lāua i ka hū a ka makani a me ke kamumu o nā lāʻau e hina ana ma ʻō a ma ʻō, a laila, hoʻomanaʻo lāua i ka ʻōlelo a ke kia manu, “Inā e hū ana ka makani, ʻo ua moʻo lā ia.” | not long after they heard the sighing of the wind and the humming of the trees bending back and forth; then they remembered the bird catcher's words, "If the wind hums, that is from the lizard." |
| Ch.16 p.84 para.6 sent.1 | Maopopo ihola iā lāua ʻo ua moʻo nei kēia, e lele aʻe ana lāua ma ko lāua kino manu. | They knew then this must be the lizard; they flew in their bird bodies. |
| Ch.17 p.85 para.1 sent.2 | I nānā iho ka hana o ua ʻo ʻUlili mā i ke a lalo o ua moʻo nei e ʻeku ana i ka honua me he ʻōʻō palau lā, a laila, he mea weliweli iā lāua i ka nānā aku, maopopo ihola iā lāua, ua pau ko lākou poʻe kānaka i ka make. | Snipe and his companion looked down at the lower jaw of the lizard plowing the earth like a shovel, and it was a fearful thing to see. It was plain their fellows must all be dead, |
| Ch.17 p.85 para.2 sent.1 | I ia manawa, kiʻi ʻia akula ʻo Kalāhūmoku ka ʻīlio nui ʻai kanaka a ʻAiwohikupua e hele e pepehi i ka moʻo a make, a laila, luku aku i nā kaikuahine o ʻAiwohikupua. | Then Kalahumoku, Aiwohikupua's great man-eating dog, was fetched to go and kill the lizard, then to destroy the sisters of Aiwohikupua. |
| Ch.17 p.85 para.3 sent.4 | Inā hoʻi e hina ana ka ʻohu i ka makani, a laila, ua hewa ʻo uka, ua hakakā māua me ua moʻo nei. | But if the clouds turn to the windward, there is trouble; I have fought with that lizard. |
| Ch.17 p.85 para.3 sent.5 | A laila, ʻo ka pule kā ʻoukou i ke akua iā Lanipipili. | Then pray to your god, to Lanipipili; |
| Ch.17 p.85 para.3 sent.7 | Akā hoʻi, i piʻi ka ʻohu i luna a hina i luna o ke kuahiwi, a laila, ua heʻe ka moʻo, ʻo ko kākou lanakila nō hoʻi ia. | but when the clouds ascend and turn toward the mountain top, then the lizard has melted away; we have prevailed. |
| Ch.17 p.87 para.1 sent.2 | Hoʻouna pū akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua iā ʻUlili lāua me ʻAkikeʻehiʻale i mau ʻelele na lāua e haʻi mai ka hana a ka moʻo me ka ʻīlio. | and Aiwohikupua sent with him Snipe and Turnstone as messengers to report the deeds of the dog and the lizard. |
| Ch.17 p.87 para.2 sent.1 | I ka ʻīlio i hiki aku ai i uka ma kahi kokoke i Paliuli, ua hiamoe naʻe ʻo Kihanuilūlūmoku i ia manawa. | When the dog had come close to Paliuli, Kihanuilulumoku was asleep at the time; |
| Ch.17 p.87 para.4 sent.1 | I kēlā manawa koke nō, hōʻike aku ana ka ʻīlio i kona mau niho i mua o ka moʻo, ʻo ka hoʻomaka koke nō ia o ke kaua. | Instantly the dog showed his teeth at the lizard, and the fight began; |
| Ch.17 p.87 para.5 sent.4 | ʻAʻole i ʻupuʻupu, hina ana ka ʻohu i kai, a laila, manaʻo aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua ua lanakila ka moʻo, a laila, he mea kaumaha iā ʻAiwohikupua no ka pio ʻana o kā lākou ʻaoʻao. | and no short time after turned seaward, then Aiwohikupua knew that the lizard had prevailed and Aiwohikupua regretted the defeat of their side. |
| Ch.17 p.87 para.6 sent.1 | Ma ke ahiahi o ua lā hoʻouka kaua nei o nā kupuʻeu, hoʻi mai ana ʻo Kalāhūmoku me ka nāwaliwali; ua pau ke aho. | In the evening of the day of the fight between the two marvelous creatures Kalahumoku came limping back exhausted; |
| Ch.17 p.87 para.6 sent.2 | I nānā aku ka hana o ke aliʻi i kāna ʻīlio, ua pau nā pepeiao a me ka huelo i ka moʻo, a no kēia mea, manaʻo aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua e hoʻi, no ka mea, ua pio lākou. | when the chief looked him over, gone were the ears and tail inside the lizard. So Aiwohikupua resolved to depart, since they were vanquished. |
| Ch.17 p.87 para.6 sent.4 | (ʻO ke kolu kēia o ko ʻAiwohikupua hiki ʻana i Paliuli no Lāʻieikawai, ʻaʻole he kō iki o kona makemake.) | (This was the third time that Aiwohikupua had been to Paliuli after Laieikawai without fulfilling his mission.) |
| Ch.17 p.87 para.7 sent.1 | Ma kēia hoʻi ʻana o ʻAiwohikupua i Kauaʻi mai ke kiʻi hope ʻana iā Lāʻieikawai, a laila, hoʻopau loa ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kona manaʻo ʻana no Lāʻieikawai. | Having returned to Kauai without Laieikawai, Aiwohikupua gave up thinking about Laieikawai |
| Ch.17 p.87 para.8 sent.1 | I kēlā wā, pāpāiʻawa aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua me kona mau kaukaualiʻi a me nā haiā wāhine ona e hoʻopau i kāna ʻōlelo hoʻohiki i mua o Lanipipili kona akua. | At this time Aiwohikupua, with his underchiefs and the women of his household, clapped hands in prayer before Lanipipili, his god, to annul his vow. |
| Ch.17 p.88 para.6 sent.2 | ʻĪ mai nei naʻe ʻo ua Poliʻahu iā māua, 'Ke hoʻomanaʻo lā nō naʻe paha ia i ke kōnane ʻana a māua?'” | Poliahu inquired, 'Does he still remember the game of konane between us?'" |
| Ch.17 p.88 para.8 sent.1 | A lohe ke aliʻi i kēia ʻōlelo hope a nā ʻelele, manaʻo aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kēia mau ʻōlelo, ʻaʻole ia i hiki i o Poliʻahu lā. | When Aiwohikupua heard the messengers' words he suspected that they had not gone to Poliahu: |
| Ch.17 p.88 para.8 sent.2 | A laila, hoʻomaopopo akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, “Pehea kā ʻolua lele ʻana aku nei?” | then Aiwohikupua asked to make sure, "How did you two fly?" |
| Ch.17 p.88 para.9 sent.5 | A hiki māua, he hele ma lalo o nā puʻu a he malu e uhi ana, i laila ʻo Poliʻahu i loaʻa ai iā māua. | and came to a house below the hills covered with shade; there we found Poliahu; |
| Ch.17 p.88 para.9 sent.6 | ʻO ia lā.” | that was how it was." |
| Ch.17 p.88 para.10 sent.1 | ʻĪ maila ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, “ʻAʻole i loaʻa iā ʻolua ʻo Poliʻahu, ʻo Hinaikamalama akula ia.” | Said Aiwohikupua, "You did not find Poliahu; this was Hinaikamalama." |
| Ch.17 p.88 para.11 sent.2 | Ma kēia hoʻopau ʻia ʻana o ua ʻo ʻUlili mā, manaʻo ihola lāua, e haʻi i nā mea huna i pāpā ʻia iā lāua e ko lāua haku, no laila, ua hoʻokō lāua i kā lāua mea i ʻōhumu ai. | At this, Snipe and his companion decided to tell the secrets prohibited to the two by their master. Now how they carried out their intrigue, |
| Ch.18 p.89 para.1 sent.2 | A hiki ʻo Koaʻe i o Poliʻahu la, hālāwai akula lāua, haʻi akula ʻo Koaʻe i ke kauoha a ke aliʻi e like me ka mea i haʻi ʻia ma na paukū hope o ka mokuna ʻumikumamahiku o kēia kaʻao. | Frigate-bird went to Poliahu; when they met. Frigate-bird gave the chief's command, according to the words spoken in Chapter XVII of this story. |
| Ch.18 p.89 para.2 sent.1 | Noho ihola ʻo ʻAiwohikupua a i na la hope o ke kolu o ka malama, lawe aʻela ke aliʻi i kona mau kaukaualiʻi a me na punahele, i na haia wahine hoʻi, na hoa kūpono ke hele pū ma ke kahiko ʻana i ka hanohano aliʻi ke hele ma kana huakaʻi no ka hoʻāo o na aliʻi. | Aiwohikupua waited until the end of the third month; the chief took his underchiefs and his favorites and the women of his household and other companions suitable to go with their renowned lord in all his royal splendor on an expedition for the marriage of chiefs. |
| Ch.18 p.89 para.2 sent.2 | I na la i o Kaloakūkahi, haʻalele ʻo ʻAiwohikupua ia Kauaʻi, holo aku ʻo ia he kanahā kaulua, ʻelua kanahā kaukahi, he iwakalua peleleu. | On the twenty-fourth day of the month Aiwohikupua left Kauai, sailed with 40 double canoes, twice 40 single canoes, and 20 provision boats. |
| Ch.18 p.89 para.4 sent.3 | Inā e ʻike aku kakou ma ke kakahiaka nui o ka la ʻo Kūlua e haliʻi ana ka hau mai ka piko o Mauna Kea, Mauna Loa a me Hualālai a hiki i Waiʻulaʻula, a laila, ua hiki lākou i kahi o ʻolua e hoʻāo ai, a laila, hele aku kākou. | When you look out early in the morning of the seventeenth, the day of Kulu, and the snow clothes the summit of Maunakea, Maunaloa, and Hualalai, clear to Waiulaula, then they have reached the place where you are to wed; then set out, so she says." |
| Ch.18 p.89 para.4 sent.4 | Pēlā mai nei,” a laila, hoʻomākaukau aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kona hanohano aliʻi. | Then Aiwohikupua got ready to present himself with the splendor of a chief. |
| Ch.18 p.90 para.1 sent.1 | Kāhiko akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kona mau kaukaualiʻi kāne, a me nā kaukaualiʻi wahine a me nā punahele i ka ʻahuʻula, a ʻo nā haiā wāhine kekahi i kāhiko ʻia i ka ʻahu ʻoʻeno, a kāhiko ihola ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kona kapa hau a Poliʻahu i hāʻawi aku ai; kau ihola i ka mahiole ʻie i haku ʻia i ka hulu o nā ʻiʻiwi. | Aiwohikupua clothed the chiefs and chiefesses and his two favorites in feather capes and the women of his household in braided mats of Kauai. Aiwohikupua clothed himself in his snow mantle that Poliahu had given him, put on the helmet of ie vine wrought with feathers of the red iiwi bird. |
| Ch.18 p.90 para.2 sent.2 | Ua haku ʻia ka ʻanuʻu o ke aliʻi i nā ʻahuʻula, a ma luna pono o ka ʻanuʻu, he mau pūloʻuloʻu kapu aliʻi, a ma loko o ka pūloʻuloʻu, noho ihola ʻo ʻAiwohikupua. | was set up a canopied couch covered with feather capes, and right above the couch the taboo signs of a chief, and below the sacred symbols sat Aiwohikupua. |
| Ch.18 p.90 para.3 sent.2 | Pēlā i kāhiko ʻia ai ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i ko lāua lā i hoʻāo ai me Poliʻahu. | So was Aiwohikupua arrayed to meet Poliahu. |
| Ch.18 p.90 para.4 sent.1 | Ma ka lā ʻo Kulu ma ke kakahiaka i ka puka ʻana aʻe o ka lā a kiʻekiʻe iki aʻe, ʻike akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua mā i ka hoʻomaka ʻana o ka hau e uhi ma luna o ka piko o nā mauna a hiki i kahi o lāua e hoʻāo ai. | On the seventeenth day, the day of Kulu, in the early morning, a little later than sunrise, Aiwohikupua and his party saw the, snow begin to hide the summits of the mountain clear to the place of meeting. |
| Ch.18 p.90 para.4 sent.2 | I kēlā manawa, ua hiki ʻo Poliʻahu, Lilinoe, Waiʻale a me Kahoupokāne i kahi e hoʻāo ai nā aliʻi. | Already had Poliahu, Lilinoe, Waiale, and Kahoupokane arrived for the chief's marriage. |
| Ch.18 p.90 para.5 sent.1 | I ia manawa, hoʻomaka ʻo ʻAiwohikupua e hele e hui me ka wahine noho mauna o Mauna Kea. | Then Aiwohikupua set out to join the woman of the mountain. |
| Ch.18 p.90 para.6 sent.2 | A hiki lākou i Waiʻulaʻula, ua paʻuhia lākou e ke anu, a no laila, hoʻouna akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kona ʻelele e haʻi aku iā Poliʻahu, “ʻAʻole e hiki aku lākou no ke anu.” | When they came to Waiulaula they were shivering with cold, so Aiwohikupua sent his messenger to tell Poliahu, "They can not come for the cold." |
| Ch.18 p.90 para.6 sent.3 | I ia manawa, haʻalele ʻo Poliʻahu i kona kapa hau, lālau like aʻela ka poʻe noho mauna i ko lākou kapa lā, hoʻi akula ka hau a kona wahi mau. | Then Poliahu laid off her mantle of snow and the mountain dwellers put on their sun mantles, and the snow retreated to its usual place. |
| Ch.18 p.90 para.7 sent.2 | Iā lāua i hui ai, hōʻike aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua a me Poliʻahu i nā ʻaʻahu o lāua i hāʻawi mua ʻia i mau hōʻike no kā lāua ʻōlelo ʻaelike. | When they met both showed the robes given them before in token of their vow. |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.2 sent.1 | ʻO nā ʻelele mua a ʻAiwohikupua, ʻo ʻUlili lāua me ʻAkikeʻehiʻale, na lāua i hele aku e haʻi iā Hinaikamalama i ka hoʻāo ʻana o ʻAiwohikupua me Poliʻahu. | Now Aiwohikupua's messengers, Snipe and Turnstone, went to tell Hinaikamalama of the union of Aiwohikupua with Poliahu. |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.2 sent.4 | A mākaukau ko ke aliʻi mau pono no ka hele ʻana, kau akula ʻo Hinaikamalama ma nā waʻa a holo akula a hiki i Kauaʻi. | When all was ready Hinaikamalama went on board the double canoe and sailed and came to Kauai. |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.3 sent.1 | Iā ia nei i hiki aku ai, aia ʻo ʻAiwohikupua me Poliʻahu ma Mānā. | When she arrived Aiwohikupua was with Poliahu and others at Mana, |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.4 sent.2 | Iā ʻAiwohikupua mā e leʻaleʻa ana i ia manawa ma ka waenakonu o ka pō, hiki akula ʻo Hinaikamalama a noho i loko o ka ʻaha leʻaleʻa, a he mea malihini naʻe i ka ʻaha kēia kaikamahine malihini. | During the rejoicings in the middle of the night came Hinaikamalama and sat in the midst of the festive gathering, and all marveled at this strange girl. |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.4 sent.3 | I ia manawa a ia nei i komo aku ai i loko o ka ʻaha leʻaleʻa, ʻaʻole naʻe ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i ʻike maopopo mai i ia manawa, no ka mea, ua lilo i ka hula kāʻeke. | When she came into their midst Aiwohikupua did not see her, for his attention was taken by the dance. |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.5 sent.2 | I ia manawa, hele akula ʻo Hauaʻiliki a i ka mea ʻume, ʻī akula, “E hele ʻoe a ʻōlelo aku iā ʻAiwohikupua e hoʻopau ka hula kāʻeke. | Then Hauailiki went and said to the master of ceremonies, "Go and tell Aiwohikupua to stop the dance |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.5 sent.4 | Aia a kilu, a laila, kiʻi aku ʻoe a ʻume mai i ka wahine malihini, ʻo koʻu pili ia o kēia pō.” | when the game begins, then you go up and draw the stranger for my partner to-night." |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.6 sent.2 | Hoʻi maila a kau akula i ka maile iā Hauaʻiliki me ke oli ʻana a kū maila ʻo Hauaʻiliki. | returned and touched Hauailiki with his maile wand and sang a song, and Hauailiki arose. |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.7 sent.2 | Nīnau akula ʻo Hinaikamalama i ka mea nona ka ʻaha leʻaleʻa, haʻi ʻia maila no Hauaʻiliki me Makaweli. | Hinaikamalama asked for whom the sports were given, and they told her for Hauailiki and Makaweli. |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.8 sent.1 | I loko o kēlā manawa, huli pono akula ʻo Hinaikamalama a ʻōlelo aku iā Hauaʻiliki, “E ke Aliʻi nona kēia ʻaha leʻaleʻa, ua lohe aʻela wau kēia ʻaha, ua ʻume ʻia aʻe nei kāua e ka mea ʻume o ka ʻaha leʻaleʻa āu o ke aliʻi no ka hoʻohui ʻana iā kāua no ka manawa pōkole. | And Hinaikamalama turned right around and said to Hauailiki, "O chief of this festal gathering (since I have heard this is all in your honor), your sport master has matched us two, O chief, to bring us together for a little; |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.8 sent.3 | ʻO ia ala, ʻo ʻAiwohikupua koʻu kuleana i hiki ai i kēia ʻāina no kuʻu lohe ʻana aʻe nei ua hoʻāo ʻo ia ala me Poliʻahu. | That fellow there, Aiwohikupua, is my reason for coming to this land, because I heard that he was married to Poliahu; |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.8 sent.9 | ʻŌlelo aku wau, ʻaʻole oʻu makemake i kona kumu pili, a laila, haʻi aku wau i kaʻu kumu pili makemake, ʻo nā kino nō o māua. | I said I did not like his bet; then I told the bet I liked, our persons; |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.8 sent.13 | I ke kōnane ʻana naʻe, ʻaʻole i liʻuliʻu, paʻa mua iaʻu ma luna o ka papa kōnane a māua, ʻo ko ia ala make ihola nō ia. | And in the game in a little while my piece blocked the game, and he was beaten. |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.8 sent.19 | ʻO ia lā.” | that is how it was." |
| Ch.18 p.92 para.1 sent.2 | I ia manawa nō a Hinaikamalama a haʻiʻōlelo lā, a laila, ua hoʻopiha ʻia ʻo Poliʻahu i ka huhū wela, ʻo kona hoʻi nō ia i Mauna Kea a hiki i kēia lā. | Then at Hinaikamalama's story, Poliahu was filled with hot anger; and she went back to White Mountain and is there to this day. |
| Ch.18 p.92 para.2 sent.2 | I ia manawa, kū hou maila ka mea ʻume a hoʻoili hou i ka maile ma luna o Hauaʻiliki me Hinaikamalama, a kū aʻela ʻo Hauaʻiliki, a kū maila nō hoʻi ʻo Hinaikamalama. | Then the master of ceremonies stood up and touched Hauailiki
and Hinaikamalama with the wand, and Hauailiki arose and Hinaikamalama also. |
| Ch.18 p.92 para.2 sent.3 | Ma kēia ʻume hope, haʻi maila ʻo Hinaikamalama i kāna ʻōlelo i mua o Hauaʻiliki, “E ke Aliʻi ē, ua hoʻohui ʻia kāua e ka mea ʻume ma ka mea mau o nā ʻaha leʻaleʻa. | This time Hinaikamalama said to Hauailiki, "O chief, we have been matched by the sport master as is usual in this game. |
| Ch.18 p.92 para.2 sent.5 | Aia a ʻae mai ʻo ʻAiwohikupua e hoʻokō māua i nā hoʻohiki a māua a pau ko māua manawa, a laila, ma ka pō leʻaleʻa hou a ke aliʻi e hoʻokō ʻia ai ka ʻume o kēia pō no kāua,” a laila, he mea maikaʻi loa ia i ko Hauaʻiliki manaʻo, a no kēia ʻōlelo a Hinaikamalama, lawe aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua iā Hinaikamalama no ka hoʻokō i kā lāua hoʻohiki. | when Aiwohikupua has consented to carry out our vow. after that, at the chief's next festival night, this night's match shall be fulfilled." Then Hauailiki was very well pleased. And because of Hinaikamalama's words, Aiwohikupua took Hinaikamalama to carry out their vow. |
| Ch.18 p.93 para.1 sent.1 | I ia pō nō, i loko o ko lāua manawa hoʻomaha no ka hōʻoluʻolu i ka hoʻohiki ʻana, hiki maila ma o Hinaikamalama ke anu māʻeʻele loa, no ka mea, ua kuʻu maila ʻo Poliʻahu i ke anu o kona kapa hau ma luna o kona ʻenemi. | That very night as they rested comfortably in the fulfillment of their bargain, Hinaikamalama grew numb with cold, for Poliahu had spread her cold snow mantle over her enemy. |
| Ch.18 p.93 para.1 sent.2 | I ia manawa, hāpai aʻela ʻo Hinaikamalama he wahi mele: | Then Hinaikamalama raised a short chant — |
| Ch.19 p.95 para.1 sent.4 | A laila, hoʻokō maila ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kā ka wahine ʻōlelo, a laila, loaʻa maila ka mahana e like me ma mua. | Then Aiwohikupua obeyed her, and she grew as warm as before. |
| Ch.19 p.95 para.2 sent.1 | A hoʻomākaukau ihola lāua e hōʻoluʻolu no ka hoʻokō i kā lāua hoʻohiki ma ka hoʻopalau ʻana, a laila, hiki hou maila ke anu iā Hinaikamalama, ʻo ka lua ia o kona loaʻa i ke anu. | As they began to take their ease in fulfillment of their vow at the betrothal, then the cold came a second time upon Hinaikamalama. |
| Ch.19 p.95 para.4 sent.1 | I kēia manawa, ʻōlelo akula ʻo Hinaikamalama iā ʻAiwohikupua, “ʻAʻole anei ʻoe i ʻike i ke kumu o kēia anu o kāua? Inā ua ʻike ʻoe i ke kumu o kēia anu, a laila, e haʻi mai. | This time Hinaikamalama said to Aiwohikupua, "Do you not know any reason for our being cold? If you know the reason, then tell me. |
| Ch.19 p.96 para.1 sent.1 | ʻĪ aku ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, “No ko punalua kēia anu. | Said Aiwohikupua, "This cold comes from your rival; |
| Ch.19 p.96 para.2 sent.1 | Pane akula ʻo Hinaikamalama, “Ua pau kāua, no ka mea, ua pili aʻela nō nā kino o kāua, a ua kō aʻela nō ka hoʻohiki a kāua no ka hoʻopalau ʻana.” | Hinaikamalama answered, "We must part, for we have met and our vow is fulfilled." |
| Ch.19 p.96 para.2 sent.2 | ʻĪ mai ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, “Ua oki kāua i kēia manawa. | Said Aiwohikupua, "We will break off this time; |
| Ch.19 p.96 para.4 sent.1 | Ma ke awakea, lawe hou aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua e hoʻokō i kā lāua mea i ʻōlelo ai i ia pō iho ma mua. | At noon Aiwohikupua again took her in fulfillment of the agreement of the night before. |
| Ch.19 p.96 para.5 sent.1 | I ia manawa, lawe aʻela ʻo Poliʻahu i kona kapa lā, a ʻaʻahu ihola. | Then Poliahu took her sun mantle and covered herself; |
| Ch.19 p.96 para.7 sent.1 | ʻĪ aku ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, “ʻAʻole noʻu nā wela. | Said Aiwohikupua, "It is not my doing; |
| Ch.19 p.96 para.8 sent.1 | ʻĪ akula ʻo Hinaikamalama, “E hoʻomanawanui hou kāua, a inā i hiki hou mai ka wela ma luna o kāua, a laila, haʻalele mai ʻoe iaʻu.” | Said Hinaikamalama, "Let us still have patience and if the heat comes over us again, then leave me." |
| Ch.19 p.97 para.1 sent.2 | ʻĪ mai ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, “Kainoa ʻo ka hāʻawi mai i ka ihu, a laila, hele aku.” | Said Aiwohikupua, "You might give me a kiss before you go." |
| Ch.19 p.97 para.2 sent.1 | ʻĪ maila ʻo Hinaikamalama,“ʻAʻole e hāʻawi ʻia ka ihu iā ʻoe. | Said Hinaikamalama, "I will not give you a kiss; |
| Ch.19 p.97 para.2 sent.2 | ʻO ka hao ʻana mai ia o ka wela o ua wahine āu, pono ʻole! Aloha ʻoe!” | the heat from that wife of yours will come again, it will never do. Fare you well!" |
| Ch.19 p.97 para.3 sent.5 | I ia pō, hoʻomanaʻo aʻela ʻo Hinaikamalama no kāna kauoha iā Hauaʻiliki ma hope iho o ko lāua ʻume ʻia ʻana, a ma mua hoʻi o kona hoʻohui ʻana me ʻAiwohikupua. | This night Hinaikamalama remembered her promise to Hauailiki after the game of spin-the-gourd, before she met Aiwohikupua. |
| Ch.19 p.97 para.4 sent.1 | I kēlā pō, ʻo ia ka lua o ka pō leʻaleʻa, a laila, hele akula ʻo Hinaikamalama, a noho pū akula ma waho o ka ʻaha. | This was the second night of the festival; then Hinaikamalama went and sat outside the group. |
| Ch.19 p.97 para.4 sent.4 | Iā lāua e kilu ana, komo maila ʻo Poliʻahu i loko o ka leʻaleʻa. | During the game Poliahu entered the assembly. |
| Ch.19 p.97 para.6 sent.1 | I ia manawa, kū maila ka mea ʻume a waenakonu o ka ʻaha, iā Hauaʻiliki me Poliʻahu e kilu ana, i ia manawa, kani akula ke oli a ka mea ʻume e hoʻokolili ana i ka wēlau o ka maile i luna o Hauaʻiliki, a kāʻili maila ka mea ʻume i ka maile, a laila, kū maila ʻo Hauaʻiliki. | Then the sport master stood up in the midst of the assembly, while Hauailiki and Poliahu were playing, then he sang a song while fluttering the end of the wand over Hauailiki and took away the want and Hauailiki stood up. |
| Ch.19 p.97 para.6 sent.2 | Hele akula ua mea ʻume nei a loaʻa ʻo Hinaikamalama, kau akula i ka maile, a kāʻili maila. | The sport master went over to Hinaikamalama, touched her with the wand and withdrew it. |
| Ch.19 p.97 para.7 sent.1 | I ia manawa, kū maila ʻo Hinaikamalama ma waho o ka ʻaha i mua o ke anaina. | Then Hinaikamalama stood in the midst of the circle of players. |
| Ch.19 p.97 para.8 sent.1 | A ʻike maila ʻo Poliʻahu iā Hinaikamalama, kokoe akula nā maka i ka ʻike i kona ʻenemi, a hala akula ʻo Hauaʻiliki me Hinaikamalama ma kahi kūpono iā lāua e hoʻoluʻolu ai. | When Poliahu saw Hinaikamalama, she frowned at sight of her rival. And Hauailiki and Hinaikamalama withdrew where they could take their pleasure. |
| Ch.19 p.97 para.9 sent.1 | Iā lāua e hui ana, ʻī akula ʻo Hinaikamalama iā Hauaʻiliki. | When they met, said Hinaikamalama to Hauailiki. |
| Ch.19 p.98 para.1 sent.1 | A no kēlā ʻōlelo a ka wahine, haʻi aku ʻo Hauaʻiliki i kona manaʻo, “Ua pono kou manaʻo. | To the woman's words Hauailiki answered, "Your idea is a good one; |
| Ch.19 p.98 para.3 sent.1 | I ke kolu o ka pō leʻaleʻa o Hauaʻiliki, i nā aliʻi e ʻākoakoa ana, a me nā mea ʻē aʻe, ʻo ia ka pō i hui ai ʻo Lilinoe me Poliʻahu, ʻo Waiʻale a me Kahoupokāne, no ka mea, ua ʻimi mai lākou iā Poliʻahu me ka manaʻo, ke pono nei ko ʻAiwohikupua mā noho ʻana me Poliʻahu. | On the third night of Hauailiki's festivities, when the chiefs and others were assembled, that night Lilinoe and Poliahu, Waiale and Kahoupokane met, for the three had come to find Poliahu, thinking that Aiwohikupua was living with her. |
| Ch.19 p.98 para.4 sent.3 | I ia manawa, popoʻi maila ke anu i ka ʻaha leʻaleʻa a puni ka pāpaʻi kilu, a kau maila ma luna o ka ʻaha ka pilikia a hiki i ka wanaʻao, haʻalele ʻo Poliʻahu mā iā Kauaʻi. | at the same time cold penetrated the whole kilu shelter and lasted until morning, when Poliahu and her companions left Kauai. |
| Ch.19 p.98 para.4 sent.4 | ʻO kēia manawa pū nō hoʻi ka haʻalele ʻana o Hinaikamalama iā Kauaʻi. | At the same time Hinaikamalama left Kauai. |
| Ch.19 p.98 para.6 sent.1 | Iā Kauakahialiʻi me Kaʻiliokalauokekoa ma Pihanakalani ma hope iho o ko lāua hoʻi ʻana mai Hawaiʻi mai, ʻoiai ua kokoke mai ko lāua mau lā hope, i ia manawa, kauoha aʻela ʻo Kauakahialiʻi i kāna aikāne, iā Kekalukaluokēwā, i kāna ʻōlelo hoʻopōmaikaʻi ma luna ona, a eia nō ia, “E kuʻu aikāne aloha nui, ke waiho aku nei wau i ʻōlelo hoʻopōmaikaʻi ma luna ou, no ka mea, ke kokoke mai nei koʻu mau lā hope, a hoʻi aku i ka ʻaoʻao mau o ka honua. | After their return from Hawaii, Kauakahialii lived with Kailiokalauokekoa at Pihanakalani. Now the end of their days was near. Then Kauakahialii laid a blessing upon his friend, Kekalukaluokewa, and this it was: "Ah! my friend, greatly beloved, I give you my blessing, for the end of my days is near, and I am going back to the other side of the earth. |
| Ch.19 p.98 para.7 sent.1 | “Hoʻokahi nō āu mea mālama, ʻo ka wahine a kāua. | "Only one thing for you to guard, our wife. |
| Ch.19 p.98 para.7 sent.3 | ʻO ʻoe nō ma luna, ʻo ka wahine a kāua ma lalo, e like nō me kā kāua naʻi ʻana i ka moku i puni ai, pēlā nō ʻoe e noho aku ai me ka wahine a kāua. | you above, and our wife below; as we two ruled over the island, so will you and our wife do. |
| Ch.19 p.99 para.1 sent.2 | ʻAʻole nō hoʻi e manaʻo ʻoe iā ia ʻo kāu wahine ia, no ka mea, ua lilo nō ia iā kāua. | by no means think of her as your wife, for she belongs to us two. |
| Ch.19 p.99 para.2 sent.1 | “Aia kāu wahine e kiʻi ʻo kuʻu wahine i haʻalele aku nei i Hawaiʻi, ʻo Lāʻieikawai. | "The woman for you to take is the wife left on Hawaii, Laieikawai. |
| Ch.19 p.99 para.2 sent.2 | Inā ʻo kāu wahine ia, ola ke kino, a kaulana nō hoʻi. | If you take her for your wife it will be well with you, |
| Ch.19 p.99 para.2 sent.3 | A manaʻo ʻoe e kiʻi, hoʻokahi āu mea mālama, ʻo ka ʻohe a kāua. | you will be renowned. Would you get her, guard one thing, our flute, |
| Ch.19 p.99 para.2 sent.6 | Ma ia hope mai, make akula ʻo Kauakahialiʻi, lilo ka noho aliʻi i kāna aikāne, a ʻo kā lāua wahine nō ke kuhina. | In the end Kauakahialii died; the chief, his friend, took the rule, and their wife was the counsellor. |
| Ch.19 p.99 para.3 sent.3 | ʻO nā mea a pau āu e makemake ai, inā e kiʻi ʻoe i ka wahine a ko aikāne i kauoha ai iā ʻoe, ʻo ka mea nō kēia nāna e hoʻohui iā ʻolua. | whatever things you desire it can do; if you go to get the wife your
friend charged you to, this will be the means of your meeting. |
| Ch.20 p.101 para.1 sent.1 | A make akula ʻo Kaʻiliokalauokekoa, lilo aʻela ka noho aliʻi a pau loa iā Kekalukaluokēwā, a hoʻoponopono akula ʻo ia i ka ʻāina a me nā kānaka a pau ma lalo o kona noho aliʻi. | After Kailiokalauokekoa'sdeath, the chief's house and all things else became Kekalukaluokewa's, and he portioned out the land and set up his court. |
| Ch.20 p.101 para.1 sent.2 | Ma hope iho o ka pau ʻana o kāna hoʻoponopono ʻana i ka ʻāina a me kona noho aliʻi ʻana, i ia manawa, hoʻomanaʻo aʻela ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā i ke kauoha a kāna aikāne no Lāʻieikawai. | After apportioning the land and setting up his court, Kekalukaluokewa bethought him of his friend's charge concerning Laieikawai. |
| Ch.20 p.101 para.3 sent.1 | I ka malama i ʻōlelo ʻia ʻo ka Māhoe Mua, i nā malama maikaʻi o ka moana, haʻalele lākou iā Kauaʻi, a holo aku i Hawaiʻi. | In the month called "the first twin," when the sea was calm, they left Kauai and came to Hawaii. |
| Ch.20 p.101 para.4 sent.2 | I ia manawa, ʻōlelo aku kahi kanaka nāna i ʻike mua iā Lāʻieikawai i ke aliʻi, “E nānā ʻoe i kēlā ānuenue e piʻo lā i uka, ʻo Paliuli nō ia. | Then said the man who had seen Laieikawai before to the chief, "See that rainbow arching over the uplands; that is Paliuli, |
| Ch.20 p.101 para.4 sent.3 | ʻO ia nō ua wahi lā, ma laila nō kahi i loaʻa ai iaʻu.” | where I found her." |
| Ch.20 p.102 para.1 sent.7 | Ua hala aʻela ʻo Lāʻieikawai i kai. | Laieikawai had gone to the coast |
| Ch.20 p.102 para.2 sent.2 | Iā lākou i hiki aku ai ma Keaʻau, ua hoʻi aku ʻo Lāʻieikawai i uka o Paliuli. | When they arrived, Laieikawai had gone up to Paliuli. |
| Ch.20 p.102 para.4 sent.1 | I kēlā lā a Kekalukaluokēwā mā i holo aku ai a hiki i Keaʻau, ua ʻike mua mai ʻo Waka, ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā kēia. | On the day when Kekalukaluokewa sailed and came to Kauai, Waka foresaw this Kekalukahiokewa. |
| Ch.20 p.102 para.4 sent.2 | ʻŌlelo mai ʻo Waka i kāna moʻopuna, “Mai iho ʻoe i kai, no ka mea, ua hiki maila ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā i Keaʻau i kiʻi maila iā ʻoe i wahine ʻoe. | Said Waka to her grandchild, "Do not go again to the coast, for Kekalukaluokewa has come to Keaau to get you for his wife. |
| Ch.20 p.102 para.4 sent.3 | Make akula ʻo Kauakahialiʻi, kauoha aʻela i ke aikāne e kiʻi mai iā ʻoe i wahine, no laila, ʻo kāu kāne ia. | Kauakahialii is dead, and has charged his favorite to take you to wife; therefore this is your husband. |
| Ch.20 p.102 para.4 sent.4 | A ʻae ʻoe ʻo kāu kāne ia, kū ʻoe i ka moku, ola nō hoʻi nā iwi. | If you accept this man you will rule the island, surely preserve (our) bones. |
| Ch.20 p.102 para.4 sent.6 | Noho ihola ʻo Lāʻieikawai a hala nā lā ʻehā e like me ke kauoha a kona kupuna wahine. | Laieikawai waited four days as her grandmother commanded. |
| Ch.20 p.102 para.5 sent.1 | Iā lāua i hiki aku ai ma kahi kokoke iki e nānā aku ai i kauhale, aia hoʻi, ua hiki mua aku ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā ma kūlana heʻe nalu ma mua o ko lāua hiki ʻana aku. | When she arrived close to the village, lo! Kekalukaluokewa was already out surf riding; |
| Ch.20 p.102 para.5 sent.2 | ʻEkolu naʻe mau keiki e kū ana ma kūlana heʻe nalu ʻo ke aliʻi a me nā punahele ʻelua. | three youths rose in the surf, the chief and his favorites. |
| Ch.20 p.102 para.6 sent.2 | ʻĪ aku ʻo Lāʻieikawai i kona wahi kahu, “Pehea lā kāua e ʻike ai i ke kāne aʻu a kuʻu kupuna wahine i ʻōlelo mai nei?” | Said Laieikawai to her nurse, "How are we to know the man whom my grandmother said was here?" |
| Ch.20 p.103 para.1 sent.1 | ʻŌlelo aku kona kahu, “Pono kāua ke kali a pau kā lākou heʻe nalu ʻana, a ʻo ka mea e hele wale mai ana, ʻaʻole he paʻa i ka papa heʻe nalu, a laila, ʻo ke aliʻi nō ia. | Her nurse said. "Better wait until they are through surfing, and the one who comes back without a board, he is the chief." |
| Ch.20 p.103 para.1 sent.2 | ʻO ko kāne nō kā hoʻi ia.” | [He is the one who will be your husband."] |
| Ch.20 p.103 para.2 sent.3 | ʻO ka papa heʻe nalu hoʻi o ke aliʻi, na nā punahele i ʻauamo aku, a hele wale maila ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā. | but the chief's board the favorites bore on their shoulders, and Kekalukaluokewa came without anything. |
| Ch.20 p.103 para.2 sent.4 | Pēlā i ʻike ai ʻo Lāʻieikawai i kāna kāne. | So Laieikawai looked upon her husband. |
| Ch.20 p.103 para.5 sent.1 | ʻĪ mai ʻo Waka, “ʻApōpō, ma ka puka ʻana o ka lā, ʻo ia ka wā e ʻau ai ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā i ka heʻe nalu, ʻo ia wale. | Said Waka, "To-morrow at daybreak Kekalukaluokewa goes surfing alone; |
| Ch.20 p.103 para.5 sent.2 | I ia manawa e hoʻouhi aku ai wau i ka noe ma luna o ka ʻāina a puni ʻo Puna nei, a ma loko o ia noe, e hoʻouna aku nō wau iā ʻoe ma luna o nā manu a hui ʻolua me Kekalukaluokēwā me ka ʻike ʻole ʻia. | at that time I will cover all the land of Puna with a mist, and in this mist I will send you on the wings of birds to meet Kekalukaluokewa without your being seen. |
| Ch.20 p.103 para.5 sent.3 | Aia a pau ka uhi ʻana o ka noe ma luna o ka ʻāina, i ia manawa e ʻike aku ai nā mea a pau, ʻo ʻoe kekahi me Kekalukaluokēwā e heʻe mai ana i ka nalu hoʻokahi, ʻo ia ka manawa e loaʻa ai ko ihu i ke keiki Kauaʻi. | When the mist clears, then all shall see you riding on the wave with Kekalukaluokewa; that is the time to give a kiss to the Kauai youth. |
| Ch.20 p.103 para.5 sent.6 | Aia a pau kā ʻolua heʻe nalu ʻana, a laila, e hoʻouna aku wau i nā manu a me ka noe ma luna o ka ʻāina, ʻo kou manawa ia e hoʻi mai ai me ko kāne a loko o ko ʻolua hale, a laila, e hoʻolaʻa ʻia ko kino e like me koʻu makemake. | After the surf riding, then I will send the birds and a mist over the land; that is the time for you to return with your husband to your house, become one flesh according to jour wish.'' |
| Ch.20 p.103 para.6 sent.2 | A hiki maila kona mau hoa kūkā, kona mau kiaʻi kino hoʻi, ʻōlelo akula ʻo Lāʻieikawai, “ʻAuhea ʻoukou e oʻu mau hoa. | When the counsellors came, her body guard, Laieikawai said, "Where are you, my comrades? |
| Ch.20 p.103 para.6 sent.4 | ʻO ka makemake o ko kākou kupuna wahine, ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā kuʻu kāne. | My grandmother wishes Kekalukaluokewa to be my husband. |
| Ch.20 p.104 para.1 sent.1 | ʻŌlelo aku ʻo Kahalaomāpuana, “Ua pono. | Kahalaomapuana said, "It is well; |
| Ch.20 p.104 para.1 sent.5 | ʻO ʻoe i ka pilikia, ʻo kākou pū i laila.” | if you are in trouble, we will share it." |
| Ch.20 p.104 para.3 sent.2 | Me ka ʻike ʻole naʻe o Halaaniani i kahi e hele mai ai ʻo Lāʻieikawai, mai ia manawa mai ka hoʻomaka ʻana o ka manaʻo ʻino e ake e loaʻa ʻo Lāʻieikawai. | without knowing where she came from; from that time the wicked purpose never left his mind to win Laieikawai, |
| Ch.20 p.104 para.3 sent.4 | A, ʻo ua Halaaniani nei, ke kaikunāne o Maliʻo, he keiki kaulana ia ma Puna no ke kanaka uʻi; he keiki koaka naʻe. | As to this Halaaniani, he was Malio's brother, a youth famous throughout Puna for his good looks, but a profligate fellow. |
| Ch.20 p.104 para.5 sent.5 | No laila, ʻo ko mana a pau, ma luna iho ia o kāua like e lilo iaʻu kēlā kaikamahine.” | therefore let us exert all our arts over her to win her to me." |
| Ch.20 p.104 para.6 sent.1 | ʻĪ maila kona kaikuahine, “ʻAʻole nā he wahine ʻē, ʻo ka moʻopuna nā a Waka, ʻo Lāʻieikawai. | Said his sister, "She is no other than Waka's grandchild, Laieikawai, |
| Ch.20 p.104 para.6 sent.5 | ʻO ia ka manawa o kāua e ʻike ai i ko nele a me ka loaʻa.” | that is the time for us to determine whether you lose or win." |
| Ch.20 p.104 para.7 sent.1 | Ma muli o ke kauoha o Maliʻo i kona kaikunāne, hoʻi maila ʻo Halaaniani a ma kona hale noho ma kula a hiki i ka manawa i kauoha ʻia nona e hele aku i kahi o kona kaikuahine. | According to Malio's directions to her brother, Halaaniani returned to his house at Kula. He came at the time his sister had commanded. |
| Ch.20 p.105 para.1 sent.1 | Ma mua o ko lāua manawa hiamoe, ʻōlelo akula ʻo Maliʻo iā Halaaniani, “Inā e moe kāua i kēia pō, a i loaʻa iā ʻoe ka moeʻuhane, a laila, haʻi mai ʻoe iaʻu, a pēlā nō hoʻi wau.” | Before they slept, Malio said to Halaaniani, "If you get a dream when you sleep, tell it to me, and I will do the same." |
| Ch.20 p.105 para.1 sent.2 | Iā lāua e moe ana, a hiki paha i ka pili o ke ao, ala aʻela ʻo Halaaniani. | They slept until toward morning. Halaaniani awoke, |
| Ch.20 p.105 para.1 sent.3 | ʻAʻole i loaʻa he moe iā ia, a ala maila nō hoʻi ʻo Maliʻo i ia manawa nō. | he could not sleep, and Malio awoke at the same time. |
| Ch.21 p.107 para.1 sent.1 | Nīnau aku ʻo Maliʻo ia Halaaniani, “He aha kau moe?” | Malio asked Halaaniani, '' What did you dream?" |
| Ch.21 p.107 para.2 sent.1 | ʻĪ akula ʻo Halaaniani, “ʻAʻole aʻu wahi moe. | Said Halaaniani. "I dreamed nothing, |
| Ch.21 p.107 para.2 sent.2 | I ka hiamoe ʻana nō, ʻo ke oki nō ia, ʻaʻole wau i loaʻa wahi moe iki, a puoho wale aʻela.” | as I slept I knew nothing, had not the least dream until I awoke just now." |
| Ch.21 p.107 para.3 sent.1 | Nīnau akula hoʻi ʻo Halaaniani i kona kaikuahine, “Pehea hoʻi ʻoe?” | Halaaniani asked his sister. "How was it with you?" |
| Ch.21 p.107 para.4 sent.1 | Haʻi maila kona kaikuahine, “ʻO wau ka mea moe. | Said his sister, "I had a dream: |
| Ch.21 p.107 para.4 sent.6 | ʻAʻole naʻe wau i ʻike i ka lele ʻana aku ʻo ka manu hope nana i hoʻomoe ua pūnana nei, a puoho wale aʻela wau. | [However I didn't see the last bird fly away who sat on the nest, and then I awoke.] |
| Ch.21 p.107 para.5 sent.1 | A no kēia moe, nīnau akula ʻo Halaaniani, “A he aha ihola ke ʻano o ia moe?” | Asked Halaaniani of the dream. "'What is the meaning of this dream?" |
| Ch.21 p.107 para.6 sent.1 | Haʻi akula kona kaikuahine i ke ʻano ʻoiaʻiʻo o ua moe la, “E pōmaikaʻi ʻiʻo ana nō ʻoe, no ka mea, ʻo ka manu mua nona ka pūnana, ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā nō ia, a ʻo ka pūnana, ʻo Lāʻieikawai nō ia. | His sister told him the true meaning of the dream. "You will prosper; for the first bird whose the nest was, that is Kekalukaluokewa. and the nest, that is Laieikawai, |
| Ch.21 p.107 para.6 sent.2 | A ʻo ka manu hope nana i hoʻomoe ka pūnana, ʻo ʻoe nō ia. | and the last bird who sat in the nest, that is you. |
| Ch.21 p.107 para.6 sent.6 | No laila, e kū kāua a hele aku ma kahi e kokoke aku ana i kahi e hoʻāo ai ʻo Lāʻieikawai.” | so let us arise and get near to the place where Laieikawai weds." |
| Ch.21 p.108 para.1 sent.2 | ʻO Maliʻo naʻe, he hiki iā ia ke hana i nā hana mana; a ʻo ia wale nō kona kumu i hoʻāno ai. | Now Malio had power to do supernatural deeds: it was to secure this power that she lived apart. |
| Ch.21 p.108 para.2 sent.2 | ʻŌlelo akula ʻo Maliʻo iā Halaaniani, “E hoʻolohe ʻoe i kaʻu. | Malio said to Halaaniani. "You listen to me! |
| Ch.21 p.108 para.2 sent.8 | A i nīnau mai i kāu nalu lōʻihi e heʻe ai, a laila, haʻi aku ʻoe, ʻo Huia. | and when they ask you what long waves you surf on say on the Huia." |
| Ch.21 p.108 para.2 sent.9 | Inā i maliu ʻole mai kēlā i kāu ʻōlelo, a hoʻomākaukau lāua e heʻe i ko lāua nalu pau, iā lāua e heʻe ai, a laila, hopu aku ʻoe i nā wāwae o Lāʻieikawai i heʻe aku ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā ʻo ia wale. | "If they pay no attention to yon, and prepare to ride in on their last wave, as they ride you must seize hold of Laieikawai's feet while Kekalukaluokewa rides in alone. |
| Ch.21 p.108 para.2 sent.11 | Nānā mai ʻoe iā uka nei, e ʻau aku ana ʻo Kumukahi i loko o ka ʻale, a laila, ʻo ke kūlana nalu ia. | look over to the coast where Kumukahi swims in the billows, then this is the place for surfing; |
| Ch.21 p.108 para.2 sent.13 | ʻO kou nalu nō ia o kou makemake, lilo loa iā ʻoe.” | this is the wave you want; it is yours." |
| Ch.21 p.108 para.3 sent.2 | I ia manawa, kuʻi ka hekili, aia ʻo Lāʻieikawai ma kūlana nalu, na Waka ia. | Then the thunder pealed and there was Laieikawai on the crest of the wave. This was Waka's work. |
| Ch.21 p.108 para.3 sent.3 | Kuʻi hou ka hekili, ʻo ka lua ia, na Maliʻo ia. | Again the thunder pealed a second peal. This was Malio's work. |
| Ch.21 p.108 para.5 sent.1 | I ke kū ʻana o ka nalu mua, ʻōlelo mai ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā, “Pae kākou!” | As they stood on the first wave Kekalukaluokewa said, "Let us ride." |
| Ch.21 p.108 para.5 sent.2 | I ia manawa, hoʻomoe like lākou i nā papa o lākou, make ihola ʻo Halaaniani, pae aku lāua lā. | Then they lay resting upon their boards; Halaaniani let his drop back, the other two rode in; |
| Ch.21 p.108 para.5 sent.3 | ʻO ia ka manawa i laʻa ai ka ihu o Lāʻieikawai iā Kekalukaluokēwā e like me ke kauoha a ke kupuna wahine. | then it was that Laieikawai and Kekalukaluokewa kissed as the grandmother had directed. |
| Ch.21 p.109 para.3 sent.2 | Iā Kekalukaluokēwā me Lāʻieikawai i hoʻomaka ai e hoʻomoe aku i ka nalu, e hopu aku ana ʻo Halaaniani ma nā kapuaʻi o Lāʻieikawai, a lilo maila ma kona lima, lilo akula ka papa heʻe nalu o Lāʻieikawai, pae akula naʻe ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā a kau a kahi maloʻo. | As Kekalukaluokewa and Laieikawai lay resting on the wave, Halaaniani caught Laieikawai by the soles of her feet and got his arm around her, and Laieikawai's surf board was lost. Kekalukaluokewa rode in alone and landed on the dry beach. |
| Ch.21 p.109 para.4 sent.1 | I kēlā manawa i lilo aku ai ʻo Lāʻieikawai ma ka lima o Halaaniani, ʻōlelo akula iā Halaaniani, “He mea kupanaha! | When Laieikawai was in Halaaniani's arms she said, "This is strange! |
| Ch.21 p.109 para.5 sent.1 | ʻĪ aku ʻo Halaaniani, “He lilo nō ka papa ou, o ka wahine maikaʻi. | Said Halaaniani. "Your board is all right, woman; |
| Ch.21 p.109 para.6 sent.2 | ʻĪ aku ʻo Lāʻieikawai iā Halaaniani, “ʻAuhea kāu nalu o kāu ʻauʻa ʻana iho nei iaʻu?” | Said Laieikawai to Halaaniani. "Where is your wave that you have kept me back here for?" |
| Ch.21 p.109 para.7 sent.2 | I ia manawa a lāua e ʻau ana, haʻi akula ʻo Halaaniani i kāna ʻōlelo i mua o ke aliʻi wahine, “Ma kēia ʻau ʻana a kāua, mai ʻalawa ʻoe i hope, i mua nō nā maka. | and while they swam Halaaniani bade the princess, ''As we swim do not look back, face
ahead; |
| Ch.21 p.109 para.9 sent.1 | ʻĪ aku ʻo Halaaniani, “E hoʻolohe pono loa ʻoe! | Said Halaaniani, "You listen well; |
| Ch.21 p.109 para.9 sent.3 | Hoʻolohe akula nō ʻo Lāʻieikawai ma nā ʻōlelo a kona hoa heʻe nalu. | Laieikawai listened for the word of her surfing comrade. |
| Ch.21 p.109 para.10 sent.1 | I ia ʻau ʻana a lāua a hiki i kahi a Halaaniani e manaʻo ai ʻo kūlana nalu ia, a laila, ʻōlelo akula ʻo Halaaniani i kona hoa heʻe nalu, “Nānā ʻia ʻo uka.” | They swam until Halaaniani thought they could get the crest, then Halaaniani said to his surfing comrade, "Look toward the coast." |
| Ch.21 p.109 para.11 sent.1 | Pane aku ʻo Lāʻieikawai, “Ua nalo ka ʻāina, ua hele mai nei ʻo Kumukahi a ʻoniʻoni i ka ʻale.” | Laieikawai replied, "The land has vanished, Kumukahi comes bobbing on the wave." |
| Ch.21 p.109 para.12 sent.1 | “ʻO kūlana nalu kēia,” wahi a Halaaniani, “Ke ʻōlelo aku nei au iā ʻoe, inā i haki ka nalu mua, ʻaʻole kāua e pae i ia nalu. | "This is our crest." said Halaaniani. "I warn you when the first wave breaks, do not ride that wave, |
| Ch.21 p.109 para.12 sent.3 | A i ke kolu o ka nalu, ʻo ka nalu ia o kāua e pae ai. | the third wave is ours. |
| Ch.21 p.109 para.12 sent.4 | I haki ka nalu, a i kākala, a i ʻō ʻia ʻoe, mai haʻalele ʻoe i ka papa; ʻo ka mea nō ia nāna e hoʻolana. | When the wave breaks and scatters, keep on, do not leave the board which keeps you floating; |
| Ch.21 p.111 para.1 sent.1 | A pau kā lāua kamaʻilio ʻana no kēia mau ʻōlelo, pule akula ʻo Halaaniani i ko lāua akua ma ka inoa o kona kaikuahine e like me kā Maliʻo kauoha mua. | At the close of this speech Halaaniani prayed to their god in the name of his sister, as Malio had directed. |
| Ch.21 p.111 para.1 sent.2 | Pule akula ʻo Halaaniani a hiki i ka hapalua o ka manawa, kū ana ua nalu. | Halaaniani was half through his prayer; a crest arose; |
| Ch.21 p.111 para.1 sent.3 | Hoʻomau akula ʻo ia i ka pule a hiki i ka ʻāmama ʻana, kū hou ana ua nalu, ʻo ka lua ia. | he finished the prayer to the amen; again a crest arose, the second this; |
| Ch.21 p.111 para.1 sent.5 | I ia wā, kāhea mai ʻo Halaaniani i kona hoa, “Pae kāua.” | This time Halaaniani called out, "Let us ride." |
| Ch.21 p.111 para.2 sent.1 | I ia manawa, hoʻomoe koke ʻo Lāʻieikawai i ka papa, ʻo ka pae akula nō ia ma ke kōkua aku o Halaaniani. | Then Laieikawai quickly lay down on the board and with Halaaniani's help rode toward the shore. |
| Ch.21 p.111 para.2 sent.2 | I kēlā manawa, aia nō ʻo Lāʻieikawai i loko o ka halehale poʻipū o ka nalu, a i ka haki maikaʻi ʻana o ka nalu, i ʻalawa aʻe ka hana o Lāʻieikawai, ʻaʻole ʻo Halaaniani me ia. | Now, when Laieikawai was deep under the wave, the crest broke finely; Laieikawai glanced about to see how things were; Halaaniani was not with her. |
| Ch.21 p.111 para.2 sent.3 | I ʻalawa hou aku ʻo Lāʻieikawai, e kau mai ana ʻo Halaaniani ma ka peʻa o ka nalu, ma kona akamai nui. | Laieikawai looked again; Halaaniani with great dexterity was resting on the very tip of the wave. |
| Ch.21 p.111 para.3 sent.1 | Hoʻi akula lāua mai kā lāua heʻe nalu ʻana, me ka ʻike mai nō ʻo Waka i ko lāua heʻe aku, ua kuhi naʻe ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā ko Lāʻieikawai hoa heʻe nalu. | Waka saw them returning from surf riding and supposed Laieikawai's companion was Kekalukaluokewa. |
| Ch.21 p.111 para.3 sent.2 | A ʻo Maliʻo, ke kaikuahine o Halaaniani, ua ʻike ʻia ma kona kuamoʻo moʻolelo, he hiki iā ia ke hana i nā hana mana he nui. | Malio, the sister of Halaaniani, as is seen in the story of her life, can do many marvelous things, |
| Ch.22 p.113 para.1 sent.2 | A no laila, ua ʻike ʻole ʻo Waka i nā mea a pau e hana ʻia ana o kāna moʻopuna. | and she did not see what was being done to her grandchild. |
| Ch.22 p.113 para.2 sent.2 | A i ka mao ʻana aʻe, ʻo nā papa heʻe nalu wale nō ke waiho ana; aia akula ʻo Lāʻieikawai me Halaaniani i uka o Paliuli ma ko Lāʻieikawai hale. | and when the mist passed off only the surf boards remained; Laieikawai was with Halaaniani in her house up at Paliuli. |
| Ch.22 p.113 para.2 sent.3 | Ma laila ʻo Halaaniani i lawe ai iā Lāʻieikawai i wahine hoʻāo nāna. | There Halaaniani took Laieikawai to wife. |
| Ch.22 p.113 para.4 sent.3 | A no kēia mea, hoʻāla aʻela ʻo Waka i ka moʻopuna. | Then Waka wakened the grandchild, |
| Ch.22 p.113 para.4 sent.4 | A ala aʻela, nīnau ihola ke kupuna wahine, “ʻO wai kēia?” | and when she awoke the grandmother asked, "Who is this?'' |
| Ch.22 p.115 para.1 sent.1 | ʻŌlelo aʻela ka moʻopuna, ʻO Kekalukaluokēwā nō hoʻi.” | Answered the grandchild, "Kekalukahiokewa, of course." |
| Ch.22 p.115 para.2 sent.1 | ʻĪ maila ke kupuna wahine me ka inaina, “ʻAʻole kēia ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā! | Said the grandmother in a rage, "This is no Kekalukahiokewa; |
| Ch.22 p.115 para.2 sent.2 | ʻO Halaaniani kēia, ʻo ke kaikunāne o Maliʻo. | this is Halaaniani, the brother of Malio. |
| Ch.22 p.115 para.2 sent.6 | ʻO ko mana, ʻaʻole ia me ʻoe. | your supernatural power is yours no longer; |
| Ch.22 p.115 para.3 sent.1 | Ma hope iho o kēia manawa, hoʻomākaukau aʻela ʻo Waka e hana i hale hou i like me ka hale i hana ʻia no Lāʻieikawai. | After this Waka made ready to build another house like that she had built for Laieikawai. |
| Ch.22 p.115 para.4 sent.1 | A mākaukau ka hale, iho akula ʻo Waka e hālāwai kino me Kekalukaluokēwā, no ka mea, ua mokumokuāhua kona manawa i ke aloha iā Kekalukaluokēwā. | When the house was ready, Waka went herself to meet Kekalukaluokewa in person, for her heart yearned with love for Kekalukaluokewa. |
| Ch.22 p.115 para.4 sent.2 | A hiki ʻo Waka ma kahi o Kekalukaluokēwā, hopu akula ma nā wāwae me ka naʻau kaumaha, a ʻōlelo akula, “He nui kuʻu kaumaha a me kuʻu aloha iā ʻoe, e ke Aliʻi, no ka mea, ua ʻupu aku wau i kaʻu moʻopuna ʻo ʻoe ke kāne e ola ai kēia mau iwi. | When Waka reached Kekalukaluokewa's place, she clasped his feet and said, with sorrowful heart: "Great is my grief and my love for you, O chief, for I desired you for my grandchild as the man to save these bones. |
| Ch.22 p.115 para.4 sent.7 | A no kēia mea, hāʻawi aʻela ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā hoʻokahi kaulua, me nā kānaka pū nō a me nā lako a pau. | [And for this thing, Kekalukaluokewa gave her a double canoe, with men and all the supplies.] |
| Ch.22 p.115 para.6 sent.2 | Nānā akula nō ʻo Waka, e piʻo mai ana nō ke ānuenue i uka o Wahiawā. | and Waka saw the rainbow arching up at Wahiawa. |
| Ch.22 p.116 para.1 sent.1 | Piʻi akula ʻo Waka a hiki i Kūkaniloko, hoʻokokoke akula ʻo ia ma kahi i hūnā ʻia ai ʻo Lāʻielohelohe, hahau akula i ka puaʻa i mua o ke kahuna me ka pule ʻana. | Waka went up and reached Kukaniloko; she drew near the place where Laielohelohe was hidden, held the pig out to the priest and prayed, |
| Ch.22 p.116 para.2 sent.1 | ʻĪ aku ʻo Waka, “Ua hewa kaʻu hānai, ua pono ʻole. | Said Waka, "My foster child has sinned, she is not a good girl; |
| Ch.22 p.116 para.2 sent.2 | Ua ʻupu aku wau ʻo ke aliʻi o Kauaʻi ke kāne, akā, ʻaʻole naʻe i hoʻolohe i kaʻu ʻōlelo; ua lilo aku iā Halaaniani. | I wished to have the chief of Kauai for her husband, but she would not listen to me, she became Halaaniani's; |
| Ch.22 p.116 para.2 sent.5 | ʻŌlelo mai ʻo Kapūkaʻihaoa, “Ua pono ka puaʻa, no laila, ke hoʻokuʻu aku nei wau i kaʻu hānai nāu e mālama. | Said Kapukaihaoa, "The pig is well, therefore I give you my foster child to care for, |
| Ch.22 p.116 para.3 sent.1 | I ia manawa komo akula ʻo Kapūkaʻihaoa me Waka ma kahi kapu, kahi hoʻi i hūnā ʻia ai ʻo Lāʻielohelohe. | Then Waka entered with Kapukaihaoa the taboo place where Laielohelohe was hidden; |
| Ch.22 p.116 para.3 sent.2 | Hoʻonoho ʻia ihola ʻo Waka, a komo akula ke kahuna ma kahi i hūnā ʻia ai. | Waka waited and the priest went still farther into the place |
| Ch.22 p.116 para.3 sent.3 | A lawe ʻia maila a mua o Waka, i ia manawa, kūlou akula ʻo Waka i mua o Lāʻielohelohe, a hoʻomaikaʻi akula. | and brought her to Waka, then Waka knelt before Laielohelohe and did her reverence. |
| Ch.22 p.116 para.4 sent.1 | I ka lā i lawe ʻia ai ʻo Lāʻielohelohe a kau i luna o nā waʻa, i ia manawa, lawe aʻela ke kahuna i ka piko o kāna hānai a lei ihola ma kona ʻāʻī. | On the day when Laielohelohe went on board the canoe, then the priest took his foster child's umbilical cord and wore it about his neck. |
| Ch.22 p.116 para.5 sent.1 | I ka manawa i lawe ʻia ai ʻo Lāʻielohelohe, ʻaʻole kekahi o nā kānaka hoe waʻa i ʻike aku iā ia a hiki wale i Hawaiʻi. | From the time Laielohelohe was taken on board, not one of the paddlers had the least glimpse of her until they came to Hawaii. |
| Ch.22 p.116 para.6 sent.1 | Noho maila ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā me ke kali i loko ka manawa i kauoha ʻia. | Kekalukaluokewa waited during the time appointed. |
| Ch.22 p.116 para.7 sent.2 | Hoʻomākaukau aʻela ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā iā ia iho no ka hiki aku o Lāʻielohelohe, me ka manaʻo, e ʻike mua ana lāua i ka lā e puka aku ai. | Kekalukaluokewa prepared for Laielohelohe's arrival, expecting to see her first at that time. |
| Ch.22 p.117 para.1 sent.1 | I ia manawa, kāʻili ʻia akula ʻo Lāʻielohelohe me Waka ma loko o ka ʻohu, ma luna o nā manu a hiki i Paliuli, a hoʻonoho iā Lāʻielohelohe ma ka hale i hoʻomākaukau ʻia nona. | Then Laielohelohe and Waka were borne under cover of the mist on the birds to Paliuli, and Laielohelohe was placed in the house prepared for her |
| Ch.22 p.117 para.4 sent.1 | I ka manawa naʻe i lawe aku ai ʻo Waka i ka mana ma luna o Lāʻieikawai, a laila, kūkākūkā aʻela nā kaikuahine o ʻAiwohikupua i ka mea e pono ai ko lākou noho ʻana, a hoʻoholo aʻela ua mau kaikamāhine nei i kā lākou ʻōlelo e pane aku ai iā Lāʻieikawai. | At the time when Waka took away her supernatural protection from Laieikawai, Aiwohikupua's sisters took counsel as to what they had better do; and they agreed upon what they should say to Laieikawai. |
| Ch.22 p.117 para.4 sent.2 | Hele akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana, a haʻi akula i mua o Lāʻieikawai, me ka ī aku, “Ua kūkākūkā mākou, kou mau kiaʻi kino, i ka manawa e pono ana ko ʻolua noho ʻana me ko kupuna wahine, a ua lawe aku nei kēlā i ka hoʻopōmaikaʻi ʻia maiā ʻoe aku. | Kahalaomapuana came to Laieikawai, and she said: "We became your bodyguard while Waka still protected you; now she has removed her guardianship and left you. |
| Ch.22 p.117 para.4 sent.5 | ʻO ia kā mākou ʻōlelo i hoʻoholo mai nei.” | this is what we have agreed." |
| Ch.22 p.117 para.5 sent.1 | A lohe ʻo Lāʻieikawai i kēia mau ʻōlelo, hāʻule ihola nā kulu waimaka no ke aloha i kona mau hoa kūkā, me ka ʻī aku, “Kuhi au e haʻalele ana ʻoukou iaʻu i ka lawe ʻia ʻana o ka pōmaikaʻi mai o kākou aku, ʻaʻole kā! | When Laieikawai heard these words her tears fell for love of her comrades, and she said, "I supposed you would forsake me when fortune was taken from me; not so! |
| Ch.22 p.117 para.5 sent.4 | Noho ihola ʻo Halaaniani me Lāʻieikawai, he kāne, he wahine, a ʻo nā kaikuahine nō o ʻAiwohikupua kona mau kānaka lawelawe. | Halaaniani and Laieikawai lived as man and wife and Aiwohikupua's sisters acted as her servants. |
| Ch.22 p.117 para.6 sent.1 | I ka ʻahā malama paha i ko lāua noho hoʻāo ʻana, ma kekahi lā awakea, puka aʻela ʻo Halaaniani mai loko aʻe o ka hale. | Perhaps the fourth month of their union, one day at noon when Halaaniani opened the door |
| Ch.22 p.117 para.7 sent.1 | I ia lā nō, iā lāua e noho pono ana me Lāʻieikawai, i ia manawa, manaʻo aʻela ʻo Halaaniani e kiʻi e hoʻohaumia iā Lāʻielohelohe. | As he was at that time living on good terms with Laieikawai, [Halaaniani was thinking of a way to get and pollute Laielohelohe.] |
| Ch.22 p.117 para.7 sent.2 | No laila, ʻimi ihola ʻo Halaaniani i hewa no Lāʻieikawai i mea hoʻi e kaʻawale ai lāua, a laila, kiʻi aku i kāna mea e manaʻo nei. | Halaaniani sought some pretext for parting from Laieikawai in order to carry out his purpose. |
| Ch.22 p.118 para.1 sent.1 | I ka pō iho, ʻōlelo hoʻowalewale akula ʻo Halaaniani iā Lāʻieikawai, me ka ʻī aku, “Iā kāua e noho nei i uka nei, mai ko kāua noho ʻana i uka nei a hiki i kēia manawa, ʻaʻole he pau o koʻu leʻaleʻa i ka heʻe nalu. | That night Halaaniani deceived Laieikawai, saying, "Ever since we have lived up here, my delight in surf riding has never ceased; |
| Ch.22 p.118 para.3 sent.1 | I ia kakahiaka ʻana aʻe, hele akula ʻo Lāʻieikawai i mua o kona mau hoa kūkā, nā kaikuahine hoʻi o ʻAiwohikupua, haʻi akula i ko lāua manaʻo me ke kāne i kūkā ai i ia pō, a he mea maikaʻi nō ia i kona mau hoa kūkā. | Early in the morning Laieikawai sought her counsellors, the sisters of Aiwohikupua, and told them what the husband had proposed that night, and this pleased her counsellors. |
| Ch.22 p.118 para.3 sent.2 | ʻĪ aku naʻe ʻo Lāʻieikawai i ua mau hoa lā, “Ke iho nei māua i kai ma ka makemake o ke kāne a kākou. | Laieikawai said to them, "We two are going to the sea, as our husband wishes. |
| Ch.22 p.118 para.4 sent.1 | A hala akula lāua a hiki i kahi e kokoke aku ana i Keaʻau, i ia manawa, hoʻomaka ʻo Halaaniani e hana i ke kalohe iā Lāʻieikawai, me ka ʻōlelo aku, “E iho mua aku ʻoe o kāua a hiki i kai. | They departed and came to a place just above Keaau; then Halaaniani began to make trouble for Laieikawai, saying, "You go ahead to the coast |
| Ch.22 p.118 para.5 sent.1 | Hala akula ʻo Halaaniani, iho akula nō hoʻi ʻo Lāʻieikawai a hiki i Keaʻau, ma kahi kaʻawale aʻe i pili ʻole aku iā Kekalukaluokēwā. | Halaaniani left her. Laieikawai went on to Keaau, and at a place not close to Kekalukaluokewa, |
| Ch.22 p.118 para.5 sent.5 | A laila, manaʻo aʻela ʻo Lāʻieikawai ua make kāna kāne, a laila, i ia manawa, hoʻomaka akula ia i ka uē paʻiāuma no kāna kāne. | then she thought her husband was dead, and she began to pour out her grief. |
| Ch.23 p.119 para.1 sent.2 | I loko o kēia mau lā kanikau o Lāʻieikawai, he mea haʻohaʻo loa ia i kona mau hoa kūkā, no ka mea, ua kauoha mua ʻo Lāʻieikawai ma mua o ko lāua iho ʻana i kai o Keaʻau. | While Laieikawai mourned, her counsellors wondered, for Laieikawai had given them her charge before going to Keaau. |
| Ch.23 p.119 para.2 sent.1 | A hiki lākou ma Keaʻau, iā lākou e kokoke aku ana e hiki, ʻike mua maila ʻo Lāʻieikawai i kona mau hoa, paʻiāuma maila me ka uē. | They went to Keaau, and as they approached and Laieikawai spied her counsellors she poured out her grief with wailing. |
| Ch.23 p.119 para.2 sent.2 | Akā, he mea haʻohaʻo naʻe ia i kona mau hoa ka uē ʻana, a ua akāka kāna kauoha “ua pono ʻole lāua” ma ka uē ʻana a Lāʻieikawai a me nā helehelena o ka pōʻino, no ka mea, aia ʻo Lāʻieikawai e kukuli ana i ka honua, a ʻo kekahi lima, ua peʻa aʻela ma ke kua, a ʻo kekahi lima, aia ma ka lae, a uē helu akula ʻo ia penei: | Now her counsellors marveled at her wailing and remembered her saying "some evil has befallen"; at her wailing and at her gestures of distress, for Laieikawai was kneeling on the ground with one hand clapped across her back and the other at her forehead, and she wailed aloud as follows: |
| Ch.23 p.119 para.3 sent.1 | “ʻO ʻoukou lā ē, auē! | O you who come to me — alas! |
| Ch.23 p.120 para.3 sent.2 | A pau kā lākou pihe uē, ʻōlelo maila ʻo Kahalaomāpuana, “He mea kupanaha, iā kākou e uē nei, ʻo ka hāmama wale iho nō kā koʻu waha, ʻaʻole a kahe mai o ka waimaka, ʻo ke kaea pū wale aʻela nō ia, me he mea lā, i pania mai ka waimaka.” | After their lament, said Kahalaomapuana, "This is a strange way to cry; you open your mouth wide, but no tears run; you seem to be dried up, as if the tears were shut off." |
| Ch.23 p.120 para.4 sent.1 | ʻĪ akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana, “Me he mea lā, ʻaʻole i pōʻino kā kākou kāne.” | Kahalaomapuana replied, ''As if there were nothing the matter with our husband." |
| Ch.23 p.120 para.5 sent.1 | ʻŌlelo maila ʻo Lāʻieikawai, “Ua make, no ka mea, iā māua nō i iho mai ai a ma uka aʻe nei lā, ʻo ka hiki mai nō hoʻi ia i kai nei, ʻōlelo mai nō kēlā iaʻu, 'E iho ʻē ʻoe ma mua, e piʻi aʻe au e ʻike i ko kaikoʻeke. | Said Laieikawai, "He is dead, for on the way down, just above here, he said, 'You go ahead and I will go up and see your sister-in-law, |
| Ch.23 p.120 para.5 sent.5 | ʻO ia wau i noho iho nei a hiki wale mai nei ʻoukou lā e uē aku ana wau.” | here I stayed until you came and found me wailing." |
| Ch.23 p.120 para.6 sent.1 | ʻĪ maila ʻo Kahalaomāpuana, “ʻAʻole i make. | Said Kahalaomapuana, "He is not dead; |
| Ch.23 p.120 para.6 sent.5 | No laila, hoʻomau hou akula ʻo Lāʻieikawai i ka uē i ke ahiahi o ke kolu o ka lā a pō, mai ia pō a wanaʻao, ʻakahi nō a loaʻa iā ia ka hiamoe. | Then Laieikawai began to wail again until evening of the third day, and this night, at dawn, for the first time she fell asleep. |
| Ch.23 p.120 para.6 sent.6 | Iā Lāʻieikawai i hoʻomaka iho ai e hoʻokau hiamoe, kū ana nō ʻo Halaaniani me ka wahine hou, a hikilele aʻela ʻo Lāʻieikawai; he moeʻuhane kā! | Just as sleep came to her Halaaniani stood before her with another woman, and Laieikawai started up, and it was only a dream! |
| Ch.23 p.121 para.1 sent.2 | E kamaʻilio ana nō lākou no kēlā moe, i ia manawa, puoho maila ʻo Lāʻieikawai, a haʻi maila i kāna moe. | As they were talking about it Laieikawai awoke and told her dream. |
| Ch.23 p.121 para.1 sent.3 | ʻĪ akula ʻo Mailelauliʻi, “ʻO kā mākou nō hoʻi ia e kamaʻilio nei, he moe no Mailehaʻiwale.” | Said Mailelaulii, "We are just talking of Mailehaiwale's dream." |
| Ch.23 p.121 para.2 sent.1 | E hahaʻi ana nō lākou i nā moeʻuhane, puoho maila ʻo Kahalaomāpuana mai ka hiamoe mai a nīnau mai i kā lākou mea e kamaʻilio ana. | As they discussed the dreams Kahalaomapuana awoke from sleep and asked what they were talking about. |
| Ch.23 p.121 para.2 sent.2 | Haʻi maila ʻo Mailehaʻiwale i ka moe i loaʻa iā ia, “i uka nō i Paliuli, hele aʻela nō ʻo Halaaniani a lawe aʻe ana nō iā ʻoe (Kahalaomāpuana), a hele aku nei nō ʻolua ma kahi ʻē aku. | Mailehaiwale told the dream that had come to her: "It was up at Paliuli, Halaaniani came and took you, Kahalaomapuana, and you two went away somewhere; |
| Ch.23 p.121 para.3 sent.1 | Haʻi aʻela nō hoʻi ʻo Lāʻieikawai i kāna moe, ʻī maila ʻo Kahalaomāpuana, “ʻAʻole i make ʻo Halaaniani. | Laieikawai also told her dream, and Kahalaomapuana said, "Halaaniani is not dead; |
| Ch.23 p.121 para.3 sent.4 | A no kēia mea, hoʻōki loa aʻela ʻo Lāʻieikawai i kāna uē ʻana, hoʻi akula lākou i uka o Paliuli. | Then Laieikawai stopped wailing, and they returned to Paliuli. |
| Ch.23 p.121 para.6 sent.1 | ʻĪ akula ʻo Halaaniani, “I piʻi hou mai nei wau iā ʻoe e hoʻokō mai ʻoe i koʻu makemake, no ka mea, ua ʻike hou au he kaikamahine maikaʻi i like kona helehelena me ko Lāʻieikawai. | Said Halaaniani, "I have come up here to you once more to show you what I desire, for I have again seen a beautiful woman with a face like Laieikawai's. |
| Ch.23 p.121 para.7 sent.3 | A no koʻu manaʻo ʻo ʻoe nō ka mea nāna e hoʻopōmaikaʻi nei iaʻu ma nā mea aʻu e makemake ai, no laila wau i hiki hou mai nei.” | And because I remembered that you were the one who fulfilled my wishes, therefore I have come up here again." |
| Ch.23 p.121 para.8 sent.1 | ʻĪ aku ʻo Maliʻo i kona kaikunāne, “ʻO Lāʻielohelohe nā, ʻo kekahi moʻopuna a Waka. | Said Malio to her brother, "That is Laielohelohe, another of Waka's grandchildren; |
| Ch.23 p.121 para.9 sent.1 | A no kēia ʻōlelo a Maliʻo, hele akula ʻo Halaaniani e hoʻohālua mau ma waho o ko Lāʻielohelohe hale me kona ʻike ʻole ʻia mai, kokoke ʻalua anahulu kona hoʻohālua ʻana, a laila, ʻike ʻo ia i kā Lāʻielohelohe hana, he kui lehua. | At these words of Malio, Halaaniani went to spy outside of Laielohelohe's house without being seen; almost twice ten days he lay in wait; then he saw Laielohelohe stringing lehua blossoms. |
| Ch.23 p.122 para.1 sent.1 | Hoʻi akula ʻo Halaaniani e hālāwai me ke kaikuahine e like me kāna kauoha, a haʻi akula i nā mea āna i ʻike ai no Lāʻielohelohe. | Halaaniani returned to his sister as he had been directed, and told her what he had seen of Laielohelohe. |
| Ch.23 p.122 para.1 sent.2 | A lohe ʻo Maliʻo i kēia mau mea, a laila, haʻi akula ʻo ia i nā mea hiki ke hana ʻia aku no Lāʻielohelohe e kona kaikunāne, me ka ʻī aku iā Halaaniani, “E hoʻi ʻoe a ma ka waenakonu o ka pō, a laila, piʻi mai ʻoe i oʻu nei i hele aku ai kāua ma kahi o Lāʻielohelohe.” | When Malio heard the story she told her brother what to do to win Laielohelohe, and said to Halaaniani, "Go now, and in the middle of the night come up here to me, and we two will go to Laielohelohe's place." |
| Ch.23 p.122 para.2 sent.1 | Hoʻi akula ʻo Halaaniani a kokoke i ka manawa i kauoha ʻia nona, a laila, ala maila ʻo ia, a hālāwai me kona kaikuahine. | Halaaniani went away, and close to the appointed time, then he arose and joined his sister. |
| Ch.23 p.122 para.3 sent.1 | I ia manawa, ʻōlelo akula ʻo Maliʻo iā Halaaniani, “E piʻi ʻoe ma luna o kekahi lāʻau, ma kahi ou e ʻike aku ana iā Lāʻielohelohe, a ma laila ʻoe e noho ai. | Then Malio said to Halaaniani, "You climb up in the lehua tree where you can see Laielohelohe, and there you stay. |
| Ch.23 p.122 para.4 sent.1 | Iā lāua nō e kamaʻilio ana no kēia mau mea, ʻuʻina mai ana kahi a ua ʻo Lāʻielohelohe e kui lehua ai. | As they were speaking there was a crackling in the bushes at the place where Laielohelohe strung lehua blossoms, |
| Ch.23 p.122 para.4 sent.2 | I nānā aku ka hana o lāua, ʻo Lāʻielohelohe e haʻihaʻi lehua ana. | and when they looked, there was Laielohelohe breaking lehua blossoms. |
| Ch.23 p.122 para.5 sent.1 | I ia manawa, pili aʻela ʻo Halaaniani ma kekahi kumulāʻau, a nānā akula. | Then Halaaniani climbed up the trunk of a tree and kept watch. |
| Ch.23 p.122 para.5 sent.3 | Kani hou akula ʻo ka lua ia. | again it sounded a second time, |
| Ch.23 p.122 para.5 sent.4 | Pēlā a hiki i ka lima o ke kani ʻana o ka pū lāʻī, ʻaʻole ʻo Halaaniani i ʻike iki ua huli aʻe ka maka a hoʻolohe i kēia mea kani. | so on until the fifth time, but Halaaniani did not see the girl turn her eyes or listen to the sound. |
| Ch.23 p.122 para.6 sent.1 | Kali maila ʻo Maliʻo no ka hoʻi aku o Halaaniani e haʻi aku i kāna mea i ʻike ai. | Malio waited for Halaaniani to return and tell what he had seen, |
| Ch.23 p.122 para.6 sent.2 | ʻAʻole naʻe i hoʻi aku, no laila, hoʻomau hou akula ʻo Maliʻo i ke puhi i ka pū lāʻī. | but as he did not return, Malio again blew on the trumpet |
| Ch.23 p.122 para.6 sent.3 | ʻElima hoʻokani ʻana, ʻaʻole nō i ʻike iki ʻo Halaaniani i ka nānā o Lāʻielohelohe i kēia mea, a hoʻi wale nō. | five times; still Halaaniani did not see Laielohelohe pay the least attention until she went away altogether. |
| Ch.23 p.122 para.7 sent.1 | Hoʻi akula ʻo Halaaniani a kamaʻilio aku i kona kaikuahine, ʻī maila kona kaikuahine, “Loaʻa ʻole aʻela iā kāua i ka pū lāʻī, i kuʻu hano aku ia loaʻa?” | Halaaniani came back and told his sister, and his sister said, "We have not won her with the trumpet; shall we try my nose flute? " |
| Ch.23 p.122 para.8 sent.1 | Iā lāua nei a hiki iho, hiki ana nō ʻo Lāʻielohelohe ma kona wahi mau. | No sooner were they arrived than Laielohelohe arrived also at her customary station. |
| Ch.23 p.122 para.8 sent.2 | Ma mua naʻe o ko lāua hiki ʻana aku, ua haʻi mua aku ʻo Maliʻo i kāna ʻōlelo i kona kaikunāne penei, “E haku ʻoe i lehua, a huihui a lilo i mea hoʻokahi. | Malio had already instructed her brother, as follows: "Take lehua flowers, bind them into a cluster, |
| Ch.23 p.123 para.1 sent.1 | Piʻi aʻela ʻo Halaaniani i luna o kekahi lāʻau ma kahi kūpono iā Lāʻielohelohe. | Halaaniani climbed the tree right over where Laielohelohe was wont to sit. |
| Ch.23 p.123 para.2 sent.1 | A lohe ʻo Halaaniani i kēia ʻōlelo, he mea manawa ʻole ia noho ʻana i lalo e hui me kona kaikuahine. | When Halaaniani heard this speech, he waited not a moment to descend and join his sister. |
| Ch.23 p.123 para.2 sent.2 | Nīnau mai ʻo Maliʻo, haʻi akula ʻo ia i kāna mea i ʻike ai no Lāʻielohelohe. | To Malio's question he told her what he had seen. |
| Ch.23 p.123 para.2 sent.3 | ʻĪ aku ʻo Maliʻo iā Halaaniani, “E hoʻi kāua a kakahiaka, hiki hou mai kāua i ʻaneʻi. | Said Malio to Halaaniani, "We will go home and early in the morning come here again, |
| Ch.23 p.123 para.3 sent.1 | Iā lāua i hiki aku ai a noho iho, hiki maila ʻo Lāʻielohelohe ma kona wahi mau e kui lehua ai. | When they had taken their stations, Laielohelohe came as usual to string lehua blossoms. |
| Ch.23 p.123 para.3 sent.2 | I ia manawa, hoʻokani akula ʻo Maliʻo i ka hano iā Lāʻielohelohe e hoʻomaka aku ana e ʻako lehua. | Then Malio sounded the flute, as Laielohelohe began to snip the lehua blossoms, |
| Ch.23 p.123 para.3 sent.3 | ʻAʻole naʻe e hiki, no ka mea, ua lilo loa ʻo Lāʻielohelohe i ka hoʻolohe i ka mea kani. | and she stopped, for her attention was attracted to the music. |
| Ch.23 p.123 para.3 sent.5 | I ia manawa nō, pane mai ʻo Lāʻielohelohe, “Inā he wahine ʻoe ka mea nāna kēia hano, a laila, e honi nō kāua.” | Then said Laielohelohe, "If you are a woman who sounds the flute, then let us two kiss." |
| Ch.23 p.123 para.4 sent.1 | A no kēia ʻōlelo a Lāʻielohelohe, hoʻopuka akula ʻo Maliʻo i mua o Lāʻielohelohe, a ʻike maila kēlā iā ia nei, a he mea malihini hoʻi ia i ko Lāʻielohelohe mau maka. | At Laielohelohe's words, Malio approached Laielohelohe and the girl saw her, and she was a stranger to Laielohelohe's eyes. |
| Ch.23 p.123 para.4 sent.3 | A no ka hahai ʻana mai o Lāʻielohelohe e honi me Maliʻo, ʻī aku ʻo Maliʻo, “Alia kāua e honi. | And as the girl was about to give the promised kiss, Malio said, "Let our kiss wait, |
| Ch.23 p.123 para.5 sent.1 | ʻĪ mai ʻo Lāʻielohelohe, “E hoʻi ʻoe a kou kaikunāne. | Then said Laielohelohe, "You and your brother may go away, |
| Ch.23 p.123 para.5 sent.3 | E hoʻi ʻolua ma ko ʻolua wahi, mai hele hou mai, no ka mea, ʻo ʻoe wale nō kaʻu mea i ʻae aku ai e hāʻawi i koʻu aloha nou ma ko kāua honi ʻana. | you both go back to your own place and do not come here again. For it was only you I promised to greet with a kiss, |
| Ch.23 p.123 para.6 sent.1 | A lohe ʻo Maliʻo i kēia ʻōlelo, hoʻi akula a haʻi i kona kaikunāne, me ka ʻī aku, “Ua nele aʻe nei kāua i kēia lā. | When Malio heard this she returned to her brother and said, "We have failed to-day, |
| Ch.24 p.125 para.1 sent.1 | I ia manawa naʻe āna i hiki aku ai, lohe ihola ʻo Halaaniani, he lā nui no Kekalukaluokēwā. | On his arrival there, Halaaniani heard there was to be a great day for Kekalukaluokewa, |
| Ch.24 p.125 para.2 sent.1 | Iā Maliʻo i lohe ai, ʻōlelo aʻela ʻo ia i kona kaikunāne, “A hiki i ka lā hoʻokahakaha o Kekalukaluokēwā me Lāʻielohelohe, ʻo ia ka lā e lilo ai ʻo Lāʻielohelohe iā ʻoe.” | When Malio heard it she said to her brother, "On the marriage day of Kekalukaluokewa with Laielohelohe, on that day Laielohelohe shall be yours.'' |
| Ch.24 p.125 para.5 sent.1 | I ke kokoke ʻana aku i ua lā nui nei, iho akula ʻo Waka mai Paliuli aku e hālāwai me Kekalukaluokēwā, a ʻōlelo akula ʻo Waka iā Kekalukaluokēwā: “ʻApōpō, i ka puka ʻana o ka lā, e kuahaua ʻoe i nā kānaka a pau a me kou aloaliʻi e hele aku ma kahi āu i hoʻomākaukau ai no ka hoʻokahakahaka. | When the great day drew near, Waka went down from Paliuli to meet Kekalukaluokewa, and Waka said to Kekalukaluokewa: "To- morrow at sunrise call together all the people and the chiefs of the household to the place prepared for the celebration; |
| Ch.24 p.126 para.6 sent.4 | A pau kēia mau mea, hoʻi akula ʻo Waka i uka o Paliuli. | After all this was arranged, Waka returned to Paliuli. |
| Ch.24 p.126 para.7 sent.1 | Ma mua iho nei, ua ʻōlelo ʻia, ua hiki aku ʻo Halaaniani i Keaʻau e ʻike i ka pono o kāna wahine (Lāʻieikawai). | Already has Halaaniani's expedition been described to look after his wife Laieikawai at Keaau, |
| Ch.24 p.126 para.8 sent.1 | I kēlā lā a Waka i hiki ai i Keaʻau e hālāwai me Kekalukaluokēwā e like me kā kākou ʻike ʻana ma luna aʻe, ʻo ia nō ka lā a Maliʻo i ʻōlelo aku ai iā Halaaniani e hoʻomākaukau no ka iho e ʻike i ka lā hoʻokahakaha o Lāʻielohelohe mā, me ka ʻī aku naʻe o Maliʻo i kona kaikunāne, “ʻApōpō, i ka lā hoʻokahakaha o Lāʻielohelohe me Kekalukaluokēwā, i ia manawa e lilo ai ʻo Lāʻielohelohe iā ʻoe. | On the day when Waka went to Keaau to meet Kekalukaluokewa, as we have seen above. On that very day. Malio told Halaaniani to get ready to go down to the festival, saying: "To-morrow, at the marriage celebration of Kekalukaluokewa and Laielohelohe, then Laielohelohe shall be yours. |
| Ch.24 p.126 para.8 sent.2 | No lāua auaneʻi ka hekili e kuʻi, a mao aʻe ka ʻohu a me ka noe, a laila, e ʻike auaneʻi ka ʻaha a pau, ʻo ʻoe a me Lāʻielohelohe ke kau pū mai i luna o ka ʻēheu o nā manu.” | For them shall crash the thunder, but when the clouds and mist clear away, then all present at the place of meeting shall behold you and Laielohelohe resting together upon the wings of birds." |
| Ch.24 p.126 para.9 sent.1 | I ke kakahiaka nui o kekahi lā aʻe, ʻo ia hoʻi ka lā hoʻokahakaha o ua mau aliʻi nei, kiʻi ʻia akula ʻo Kihanuilūlūmoku, a hele maila i mua o nā kaikuahine o ʻAiwohikupua, kona mau kahu nāna e mālama. | Early in the morning of the next day, the day of the chief's marriage celebration, Kihanuilulumoku was summoned into the presence of Aiwohikupua's sisters, the servants who guarded Laieikawai. |
| Ch.24 p.126 para.9 sent.2 | A hiki maila ua moʻo nui nei, ʻōlelo akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana, “I kiʻi ʻia aku nei ʻoe e lawe aʻe ʻoe iā mākou i kai o Keaʻau e nānā mākou i ka lā hoʻokahakaha o Kekalukaluokēwā. | When the lizard came, Kahalaomapuana said, "You have been summoned to take us down to the sea at Keaau to see Kekalukaluokewa's wedding feast. |
| Ch.24 p.126 para.9 sent.4 | Hoʻi akula ʻo Kihanuilūlūmoku, a hiki i ka manawa i kauoha ʻia ai, a hele maila. | Kihanuilulumoku went away until the time appointed, then he came to them. |
| Ch.24 p.127 para.1 sent.2 | Akā, ʻaʻole i wikiwiki ʻo Kihanuilūlūmoku i ka lawe i kona mau haku, no ka mea, ua maopopo nō iā Kihanuilūlūmoku ka manawa e hui ai nā aliʻi. | but Kihanuilulumoku did not hurry to his mistresses, for he knew when the chiefs' meeting was to take place. |
| Ch.24 p.127 para.2 sent.1 | A ʻike ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā i kēia noe i uhi mua mai ma luna o ka ʻāina, a laila, hoʻomanaʻo aʻela ia i ke kauoha a Waka. | When Kekalukaluokewa saw this mist begin to descend over the land, then he remembered Waka's charge. |
| Ch.24 p.127 para.2 sent.3 | Ma hope iho o ia manawa, lohe aʻela kēia i ka leo o ka ʻewaʻewa iki a me ke kāhuli, i ia manawa, puka akula ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā mai kona hale aku a kū ma waho o ka ʻaha ma kahi kaʻawale. | After hearing the voices of the ewaewaiki and the land shells, then Kekalukaluokewa came out of his house and stood apart from the assembly. |
| Ch.24 p.127 para.3 sent.1 | I kēlā manawa, ʻo ia ka manawa a Kihanuilūlūmoku i kuʻu aku ai i kona alelo i waho i noho iho ai ʻo Lāʻieikawai me nā kaikuahine o ʻAiwohikupua. | Just at that moment, Kihanuilulumoku stuck out his tongue as a seat for Laieikawai and Aiwohikupua's sisters. |
| Ch.24 p.127 para.4 sent.1 | A i ke kuʻi ʻana o ka leo o ka hekili, uhi ka ʻohu a me ka noe, a i ka mao ʻana aʻe, i nānā akula ka hana o ka ʻaha, aia ʻo Lāʻielohelohe me Halaaniani e kau mai ana i luna o nā manu. | And when the voice of the thunder crashed, clouds and mist covered the land, and when it cleared, the place of meeting was to be seen; and there were Laielohelohe and Halaaniani resting upon the birds. |
| Ch.24 p.127 para.4 sent.2 | I ia manawa nō hoʻi, ʻike ʻia maila ʻo Lāʻieikawai me nā kaikuahine o ʻAiwohikupua e kau mai ana i luna o ke alelo o Kihanuilūlūmoku, ka moʻo nui o Paliuli. | Then also were seen Laieikawai and Aiwohikupua's sisters seated upon the tongue of Kihanuilulumoku, the great lizard of Paliuli. |
| Ch.24 p.127 para.5 sent.1 | Iā lākou i hiki ai i kēlā manawa hoʻokahi me nā mea nona ka lā hoʻokahakaha, aia hoʻi, ua ʻike akula ʻo Lāʻieikawai iā Halaaniani, ʻaʻole i make. | Now they arrived at the same instant as those for whom the day was celebrated; lo! Laieikawai saw that Halaaniani was not dead, |
| Ch.24 p.127 para.6 sent.1 | I kēlā manawa a Kekalukaluokēwā i ʻike aku ai e kau mai ana ʻo Halaaniani me Lāʻielohelohe i luna o nā manu, a laila, manaʻo aʻela ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā i kona nele iā Lāʻielohelohe. | When Kekalukaluokewa saw Halaaniani and Laielohelohe resting on the birds, he thought he had lost Laielohelohe. |
| Ch.24 p.127 para.6 sent.2 | I ia manawa, piʻi akula ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā i uka o Paliuli, e haʻi aku i kēia mea iā Waka, a haʻi akula ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā iā Waka i kēia mau mea, “Ua lilo ʻo Lāʻielohelohe iā Halaaniani. | So Kekalukaluokewa went up to Paliuli to tell Waka. And Kekalukaluokewa told Waka all these things, saying: "Halaaniani got Laielohelohe; |
| Ch.24 p.127 para.7 sent.1 | ʻĪ maila ʻo Waka, “ʻAʻole e lilo iā ia, akā, e iho aku kāua a kokoke aku wau i ka ʻaha. | Said Waka, "He shall never get her; but let us go down and I will get close to the place of meeting; |
| Ch.24 p.128 para.1 sent.1 | Iā lāua i kokoke e hiki aku, hoʻouna akula ʻo Waka i ka noe a me ka ʻohu ma luna o ka ʻaha, a ʻike ʻole kekahi i kekahi. | As they approached, Waka sent the clouds and mist over the assembly, and they could not distinguish one from another. |
| Ch.24 p.128 para.1 sent.2 | I ia manawa i hoʻouna aku ai ʻo Waka iā Kekalukaluokēwā ma luna o nā manu, a i ka mao ʻana aʻe o ka noe, aia hoʻi e kau pū mai ana ʻo Lāʻielohelohe me Kekalukaluokēwā i luna o nā manu, a laila, ʻuā aʻela ke anaina kanaka a puni ka ʻaha, “Hoʻāo nā aliʻi ē! | Then Waka sent Kekalukaluokewa upon the birds, and when the clouds cleared, lo! Laielohelohe and Kekalukaluokewa sat together upon the birds. Then the congregation shouted all about the place of assembly: "The marriage of the chiefs! |
| Ch.24 p.128 para.2 sent.1 | A lohe ʻo Waka i kēia pihe ʻuā, a laila, hiki maila ʻo Waka i mua o ka ʻaha, a kū maila i waenakonu o ke anaina, a hoʻopuka maila i ʻōlelo hoʻohilahila no Lāʻieikawai. | When Waka heard the sound of shouting, then Waka came into the presence of the assembly and stood in the midst of the congregation and taunted Laieikawai. |
| Ch.24 p.128 para.2 sent.2 | A lohe ʻo Lāʻieikawai i kēia leo hoʻohilahila a Waka iā ia, walania ihola kona naʻau a me nā kaikuahine pū kekahi o ʻAiwohikupua. | When Laieikawai heard Waka's taunts, her heart smarted and the hearts of every one of Aiwohikupua's sisters with her; |
| Ch.24 p.128 para.3 sent.1 | I kēlā lā, hoʻāo aʻela ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā me Lāʻielohelohe, a hoʻi akula i uka o Paliuli a hiki i ko lākou hoʻi ʻana i Kauaʻi. | On that day, Kekalukaluokewa wedded Laielohelohe, and they went up to the uplands of Paliuli until their return to Kauai. |
| Ch.24 p.128 para.3 sent.2 | A lilo ihola ʻo Halaaniani i mea nele loa, ʻaʻole ona kamaʻilio i koe. | And Halaaniani became a vagabond; nothing more remains to be said about him. |
| Ch.24 p.128 para.4 sent.2 | ʻO nā kānaka pū me lākou. | and the men together with them. |
| Ch.24 p.128 para.4 sent.4 | A hiki lākou i Kauaʻi ma Pihanakalani, a ili aʻela ka hoʻoponopono o nā ʻāina a me ke aupuni iā Kapūkaʻihaoa a hoʻolilo ʻia ihola ʻo Waka, ʻo ia ke kolu o ka hoʻoilina o ka noho aliʻi. | and they went to Kauai, to Pihanakalani, and turned over the rule over the land and its divisions to Kapukaihaoa, and Waka was made the third heir to the chief's seat. |
| Ch.24 p.128 para.6 sent.2 | Akā, ʻo ka mana noho i luna o ka ʻēheu o nā manu, ʻo ia ka mea i kaʻawale mai ʻo Lāʻieikawai aku. | but the art of resting on the wings of birds was taken away from her; |
| Ch.25 p.129 para.1 sent.2 | Hele akula lākou a haʻi akula i kā lākou ʻōlelo hoʻoholo i kūkā ai i mua o Lāʻieikawai me ka ʻī aku, “E ke aliʻi wahine o ka laʻi, ua kūkākūkā aʻe nei mākou i mea e hoʻopau ai i kou naʻau kaumaha no kou hoʻohilahila ʻia, akā, ʻaʻole ʻo ʻoe wale kai kaumaha. | They went and told Laieikawai their decision, saying: ''O princess of peace, we have agreed upon something to relieve your burden of shame, for not you alone bear the burden; |
| Ch.25 p.129 para.1 sent.3 | ʻO kākou like nō a pau, no ka mea, ua komo like kākou a pau no ia pilikia hoʻokahi. | all of us share your trouble. |
| Ch.25 p.129 para.2 sent.3 | A ʻae ʻoe, a laila, kū kou mākaia, hilahila ʻo Waka.” | you consent, then your reproach is lifted, Waka is put to shame." |
| Ch.25 p.131 para.1 sent.1 | ʻĪ maila ʻo Lāʻieikawai, “Ua ʻae nō wau e hoʻopau i koʻu kaumaha hilahila, a hoʻokahi aʻu mea ʻae ʻole, ʻo kuʻu lilo ʻana i wahine na ko kākou kaikunāne, no ka mea, ke ʻōlelo mai nei ʻoukou, he aliʻi kapu kēlā, a inā paha e hoʻāo māua, pehea lā wau e ʻike hou ai iā ʻoukou, no ka mea, he aliʻi kapu kēlā, a ʻo ia kaʻu mea minamina loa, ʻo ko kākou launa pū ʻana.” | Said Laieikawai, "Indeed I would consent to ease my burden of shame, only one thing I will not consent to — my becoming your brother's wife; for you say he is a taboo chief, and if we should be united, I should not see you again, so high a chief is he, and this I should regret exceedingly, our friendship together." |
| Ch.25 p.131 para.2 sent.3 | Aia a kū kona mākaia, a laila, pono mākou, no ka mea, ʻo ʻoe nō kā mākou mea manaʻo nui.” | when her reproach is lifted, then we are happy, for we think first of you." |
| Ch.25 p.131 para.2 sent.4 | A no kēia mea, hoʻoholo aʻela ʻo Lāʻieikawai i kona ʻae. | And for this reason Laieikawai gave her consent. |
| Ch.25 p.131 para.3 sent.1 | I ia manawa, haʻi maila ʻo Kahalaomāpuana i kāna ʻōlelo kauoha iā Lāʻieikawai a me kona mau kaikuaʻana, “Ke kiʻi nei au i ko kākou kaikunāne i kāne na ke aliʻi. | Then Kahalaomapuana left directions with Laieikawai and her sisters, saying: "I go to get our brother as husband for the princess; |
| Ch.25 p.131 para.5 sent.1 | Ma hope iho o kēia mau mea, haʻalele ihola ʻo Kahalaomāpuana i kona mau kaikuaʻana, a kau akula ma luna o ua moʻo nui nei (Kihanuilūlūmoku), a kiʻi akula iā Kaʻōnohiokalā. | After saying all this, Kahalaomapuana left her sisters and was borne on the back of the big lizard Kihanuilulumoku and went to fetch Kaonohiokala. |
| Ch.25 p.132 para.2 sent.2 | I ia manawa, hāʻupu iki aʻela ka manaʻo o ka makāula me ka nalu ʻana i loko ona iho, “ʻO kuʻu mea nō paha kēia i ʻimi mai nei?” | then the seer began to wonder, "Can that be the sign I came to seek?" |
| Ch.25 p.132 para.4 sent.1 | Ma ke kakahiaka ʻana aʻe, aia hoʻi, e piʻo ana ke ānuenue i kai o Kaiʻōpae, no ka mea, ua iho aku ʻo Lāʻieikawai i laila. | In the early morning, lo! the rainbow arched over the sea at Kaiopae, for Laieikawai had gone back there. |
| Ch.25 p.132 para.5 sent.1 | I ia manawa, pule akula ka makāula i kona akua e hōʻike mai iā ia i kēia wahine, ʻo kāna mea paha e ʻimi nei, ʻaʻole paha. | Then the seer prayed to his god to show him whether this woman was the one he was seeking or not, |
| Ch.25 p.133 para.6 sent.3 | Pēlā aku ʻo Lāʻieikawai mā. | so they answered. |
| Ch.25 p.133 para.8 sent.1 | ʻĪ akula ʻo Lāʻieikawai, “A inā e kau mākou ma ko waʻa, ʻaʻole anei āu hana ʻē aʻe no mākou?” | Said Laieikawai, "If we go on board your canoe, do you require anything of us?"' |
| Ch.25 p.133 para.9 sent.2 | Mai manaʻo ʻoukou i kuʻu ʻōlelo ʻana e kau wale ʻoukou ma luna o kuʻu waʻa, e hoʻohaumia aku ana au iā ʻoukou, akā, ʻo koʻu makemake, e lilo ʻoukou i mau kaikamāhine naʻu, me he mau kaikamāhine ponoʻī lā, i lilo ai ʻoukou i mea nāna e hoʻokaulana i koʻu inoa. | Do not suppose I have asked you on board my canoe in order to defile you; but my wish is to take you all as my daughters; such daughters as you can make my name famous, |
| Ch.25 p.134 para.1 sent.1 | I ia lā a lākou e hiki ai ma Lāʻie, a i ia pō iho nō, ʻōlelo aʻela ʻo Lāʻieikawai i kona mau hoa a me ko lākou makua kāne hoʻokama. | On the day of their arrival at Laie, that night, Laieikawai said to her companions and to her foster father: |
| Ch.25 p.134 para.2 sent.1 | “A, ʻo koʻu lua, lilo ia i ke kahuna ka mālama. | "And my twin, the priest guarded her, |
| Ch.26 p.135 para.1 sent.1 | A lohe ka makāula i kēia mea, a laila, hoʻomaopopo leʻa aʻela ka makāula, ʻo ka mea nō kēia āna e ʻimi nei. | When the seer heard this story the seer saw plainly that this was the very one he sought. |
| Ch.26 p.135 para.2 sent.2 | ʻĀnō hoʻi, ʻo ka mea nona ke kamaʻilio ʻana nona iho iā ʻoukou, ʻo ia nō ua mea lā āu i ʻimi ai. | She is here — the one who told you her story; this is the one you are seeking. |
| Ch.26 p.136 para.2 sent.1 | ʻĪ aku ʻo Lāʻieikawai, “E ka makua, ua hala ke kau o koʻu pōmaikaʻi nui, no ka mea, ua lawe aku ʻo Waka i ka hoʻopōmaikaʻi ʻia mai oʻu aku nei. | Laieikawai answered, "Father, the time of my prosperity has passed, for Waka has taken her favor from me: |
| Ch.26 p.136 para.2 sent.2 | Akā, ma kēia hope aku, e kali ʻoe a loaʻa iaʻu he pōmaikaʻi ʻoi aku ma mua o ka pōmaikaʻi a me ka hanohano i loaʻa mua iaʻu, a laila, ʻo ʻoe pū kekahi me mākou i hoʻopōmaikaʻi ʻia.” | but hereafter I shall win honor beyond my former honor and glory; then you shall also rise to prosperity with us." |
| Ch.26 p.136 para.4 sent.2 | ʻO ka mea a ke aliʻi e leʻaleʻa ai, ʻo ia ka wahine a ke aliʻi (ʻAiwohikupua). | the one who pleased the king to become the wife of Aiwohikupua. |
| Ch.26 p.136 para.6 sent.1 | Haʻi ʻia maila, “Ua kuahaua ʻia nā kaikamāhine puʻupaʻa a pau ma ke kauoha a ke aliʻi, a ʻo ka mea a ʻAiwohikupua e makemake ai, a laila, e lawe ʻo ia ʻelua mau kaikamāhine i mau wāhine nāna, a ʻo lāua nā mea pani ma ka hakahaka o Poliʻahu a me Hinaikamalama. | He was told, "All the virgins have been summoned by the chief's command, and the two who please Aiwohikupua, these he will take for his wives in place of Poliahu and Hinaikamalama, |
| Ch.26 p.136 para.6 sent.2 | A ʻo nā mākua nāna nā kaikamāhine i lawe ʻia i mau wāhine na ke aliʻi, e hōʻaʻahu ʻia ka ʻahuʻula no lāua.” | and their parents are to be clothed in feather cloaks. |
| Ch.26 p.137 para.1 sent.1 | ʻĪ maila ʻo ʻAiwohikupua me ka leo huhū, “Ināhea mākou i ʻike ai he kaikamahine kāu!?” | Said Aiwohikupua in an angry voice, "When did we ever know that you had daughters!" |
| Ch.26 p.137 para.1 sent.2 | A ʻo ua makāula nei, lilo aʻela ia i ʻenemi no ka poʻe nāna nā kaikamāhine i lawe ʻia i mua o ke aliʻi. | And those who had brought their daughters before the chief looked upon the seer as an enemy. |
| Ch.26 p.137 para.2 sent.1 | A no ka ʻōlelo huhū ʻana mai o ke aliʻi, ʻī aku ua makāula nei, “ʻO wau hoʻokahi ka mea i ʻimi ikaika i haku no ka ʻāina a puni nā moku. | And to the chief's angry words the seer replied, "Did I not seek diligently and alone for a ruler over all these islands? |
| Ch.26 p.137 para.2 sent.2 | ʻO ua haku lā o ka ʻāina, ʻo ia ua kaikamahine lā aʻu, a ʻo nā kaikamāhine ʻē aʻe aʻu, he mau kaikuahine nō ia no kuʻu haku kāne. | And this lord of the land, she is my daughter, and my other daughters, they are my lord's sisters. |
| Ch.26 p.137 para.4 sent.2 | Akā hoʻi, ʻo ka poʻe nāna nā kaikamāhine puʻupaʻa, ʻaʻole o lākou ʻoluʻolu. | But those whose virgin daughters were present were not pleased. |
| Ch.26 p.138 para.4 sent.3 | Kū maila ka makāula ma kekahi waʻa, a ʻo nā kaikuahine o ʻAiwohikupua ma kekahi waʻa, a ʻo Lāʻieikawai hoʻi i luna o ka pola o nā waʻa kahi i kū mai ai i loko hoʻi o kona pūloʻuloʻu aliʻi kapu. | The seer stood on one canoe and Aiwohikupua's sisters on the other, and Laieikawai stood on the high seat between, under the symbols of a taboo chief. |
| Ch.26 p.138 para.6 sent.1 | A pau kēia mau mea i ka hōʻike ʻia, i nānā aku ka hana o ʻAiwohikupua a me nā mea ʻē aʻe, e kū mai ana ʻo Lāʻieikawai ma loko o ka pūloʻuloʻu aliʻi kapu i luna o nā waʻa. | After all these signs had been displayed, Aiwohikupua and the others saw Laieikawai standing above the canoes under the symbol of a taboo chief. |
| Ch.27 p.141 para.2 sent.1 | A pau ke kauoha a Kahalaomāpuana i kona mau kaikuaʻana, a mākaukau hoʻi kona hele ʻana, ma ka puka ʻana o ka lā, komo aʻela ʻo Kahalaomāpuana i loko o Kihanuilūlūmoku, a ʻau akula ma ka moana a hiki i Keʻalohilani. | After Kahalaomapuana had laid her commands upon her sisters and made preparation for the journey, At the rising of the sun Kahalaomapuana entered inside Kihanuilulumoku and swam through the ocean and came to The Shining Heavens; |
| Ch.27 p.141 para.3 sent.2 | ʻElua anahulu ko lāua kali ʻana, hoʻi mai ʻo Mokukelekahiki mai ka mahina mai. | twice ten days they waited for Mokukelekahiki to return from his garden patch. |
| Ch.27 p.141 para.4 sent.1 | Hoʻi maila ʻo Mokukelekahiki, e moe ana kēia moʻo i loko ka hale. | Mokukelekahiki returned while the lizard was asleep inside the house; |
| Ch.27 p.141 para.4 sent.2 | I ke poʻo nō, piha ʻo loko o ua hale nui nei o Mokukelekahiki. | the head alone filled that great house of Mokukelekahiki's, |
| Ch.27 p.141 para.4 sent.3 | ʻO ke kino nō a me ka huelo o ua moʻo nei, i loko nō o ke kai. | the body and tail of the lizard were still in the sea. |
| Ch.27 p.141 para.5 sent.2 | I laila ʻo Kāʻeloikamalama, ke kupua nui nāna e pani ka puka o ka peʻa kapu o Kūkulu o Tahiti, kahi i hūnā ʻia ai ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā. | there was Kaeloikamalama, the magician, who closes the door of the taboo house on the borders of Tahiti, where Kaonohiokala was hidden. |
| Ch.27 p.143 para.1 sent.1 | Haʻi akula ʻo Mokukelekahiki iā Kāʻeloikamalama i kona ʻike ʻana i ka moʻo. | Mokukelekahiki told Kaeloikamalama how he had seen the lizard. |
| Ch.27 p.143 para.1 sent.2 | I ia manawa, lele akula ʻo Kāʻeloikamalama me Mokukelekahiki mai luna mai o Nuʻumealani, he ʻāina aia i ka lewa. | Then Kaeloikamalama flew down with Mokukelekahiki from the heights of Nuumealani, the land in the air. |
| Ch.27 p.143 para.2 sent.2 | I ia manawa, ʻōlelo akula ʻo Kihanuilūlūmoku (ka moʻo) iā Kahalaomāpuana, “I hiki mai auaneʻi kēia mau kānaka e lele mai nei i o kāua nei, a laila, e luaʻi aku wau iā ʻoe, a kau ma ka āʻī o Kāʻeloikamalama. | then said Kihanuilulumoku to Kahalaomapuana, "When those men get here who are flying toward us, then I will throw you out and land you on Kaeloikamalama's neck, |
| Ch.27 p.143 para.3 sent.1 | ʻAʻole i ʻupuʻupu iho ma hope iho o kā lāua kamaʻilio ʻana, halulu ana ʻo Mokukelekahiki lāua me Kāʻeloikamalama ma ka puka o ka hale. | Not long after, Mokukelekahiki and Kaeloikamalama thundered at the door of the house. |
| Ch.27 p.143 para.3 sent.2 | I nānā aku ka hana o ua moʻo nei, e kū mai ana ʻo Kāʻeloikamalama me ka lāʻau pālau, ʻo Kapahiʻelihonua ka inoa, he iwakālua anana ka loa, ʻehā kanaka nāna e apo puni. | When the lizard looked, there stood Kaeloikamalama with the digging spade called Kapahaelihonua, [The Knife-that-cuts-the- earth,] twenty fathoms its length, four men to span it. |
| Ch.27 p.143 para.3 sent.3 | Manaʻo ihola ka moʻo “he luku kēia,” aia naʻe, e ʻōniu ana ʻo Kāʻeloikamalama i ka lāʻau pālau i ka wēlau o kona lima. | Thought the lizard, "A slaughterer this." There was Kaeloikamalama swinging the digging spade in his fingers. |
| Ch.27 p.143 para.4 sent.1 | I ia manawa, hāpai maila ʻo Kihanuilūlūmoku i kona huelo mai loko aʻe o ka moana, piʻi ke kai i luna, me he poʻi ʻana a ka nalu i ke kumu pali, me he ʻakūkū nalu lā i poʻi i loko o ka malama ʻo Kaulua, piʻi ke ehu o ke kai i luna, pouli ka lā, kū ka punakea i uka. | Then Kihanuilulumoku lifted his tail out of the water, the sea swelled, the waves overwhelmed the cliffs from their foundations as high waves sweep the coast in February; the spume of the sea rose high, the sun was darkened, white sand was flung on the shore. |
| Ch.27 p.143 para.5 sent.1 | I ia manawa, luaʻi aku ana ʻo Kihanuilūlūmoku iā Kahalaomāpuana, kau ana i luna o ka ʻāʻī o Kāʻeloikamalama. | Then Kihanuilulumoku threw out Kahalaomapuana, and she fell upon Kaeloikamalama's neck." |
| Ch.27 p.143 para.5 sent.2 | Nīnau aʻela ʻo Kāʻeloikamalama, “Na wai ke kama ʻo ʻoe?” | Kaeloikamalama asked, "Whose child are you?" |
| Ch.27 p.143 para.6 sent.1 | ʻĪ akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana, “Na Mokukelekahiki, na Kāʻeloikamalama, nā kupua nāna e mālama ka peʻa kapu o Kūkulu o Tahiti.” | Said Kahalaomapuana, "The child of Mokukelekahiki, of Kaeloikamalama, of the magicians who guard the taboo house on the borders of Tahiti." |
| Ch.27 p.143 para.8 sent.1 | Haʻi akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana, “He huakaʻi ʻimi lani.” | Kahalaomapuana answered, "A journey to seek one from the heavens." |
| Ch.27 p.143 para.10 sent.1 | “ʻO Kaʻōnohiokalā,” wahi a Kahalaomāpuana, “ka lani kapu a Kāʻeloikamalama lāua ʻo Mokukelekahiki.” | "Kaonohiokala," replied Kahalaomapuana, "the high taboo one of Kaeloikamalama and Mokukelekahiki." |
| Ch.27 p.143 para.11 sent.1 | Nīnau hou nō lāua, “A loaʻa ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā, he aha ka hana?” | Again they asked, "Kaonohiokala found, what is he to do?" |
| Ch.27 p.143 para.12 sent.1 | ʻĪ akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana, “I kāne na ke kaikamahine aliʻi o Hawaiʻiākea, na Lāʻieikawai, ka haku o mākou.” | Said Kahalaomapuana, "To be husband to the princess of broad Hawaii, to Laieikawai, our mistress." |
| Ch.27 p.143 para.13 sent.1 | Nīnau hou nō lāua, “ʻO wai ʻoe?” | Again they asked, "Who are you?" |
| Ch.27 p.143 para.14 sent.1 | Haʻi akula kēia, “ʻO Kahalaomāpuana, ke kaikamahine muli a Moanalihaikawaokele lāua me Laukieleʻula.” | She told them, "Kahalaomapuana, the youngest daughter of Moanalihaikawaokele and Laukieleula." |
| Ch.27 p.145 para.1 sent.1 | A lohe ʻo Kāʻeloikamalama lāua me Mokukelekahiki, he mea ʻē kā lāua aloha. | When Mokukelekahiki and Kaeloikamalama heard she was their own child, [their love was strong] |
| Ch.27 p.145 para.1 sent.2 | I ia manawa, kuʻu ihola mai ka ʻāʻī iho, honi akula i ka ihu o ke kaikamahine, no ka mea, ʻo Mokukelekahiki a me Kāʻeloikamalama, he mau kaikunāne no Laukieleʻula, ka makuahine o lākou me ʻAiwohikupua. | then they released her from Kaeloikamalama's neck and kissed their daughter. For Mokukelekahiki and Kaeloikamalama were brothers of Laukieleula, Aiwohikupua's mother. |
| Ch.27 p.145 para.1 sent.3 | ʻĪ akula ʻo Kāʻeloikamalama, “E hele kāua a loaʻa ke alanui, a laila, piʻi aku ʻoe.” | Said Kaeloikamalama, "We will show you the road, then you shall ascend." |
| Ch.27 p.145 para.2 sent.1 | Hele akula lāua, hoʻokahi anahulu, hiki i kahi e piʻi ai, kāhea akula ʻo Kāʻeloikamalama, “E ka Lanalananuiʻaimakua ē! | For ten days they journeyed before they reached the place to go up; Kaeloikamalama called out, "O Lanalananuiaimakua! Great ancestral spider. |
| Ch.27 p.145 para.4 sent.1 | Ua hewa ʻo lalo nei!!!” | There is trouble below!!! " |
| Ch.27 p.145 para.4 sent.2 | ʻAʻole i ʻupuʻupu iho, kuʻu mai ana ʻo Lanalananuiʻaimakua i ka pūnāwelewele, hihipeʻa ka lewa. | Not long after, Great ancestral spider let down a spider-web that made a network in the air. |
| Ch.27 p.145 para.5 sent.1 | I ia manawa, aʻoaʻo akula ʻo Kāʻeloikamalama, “Eia ko alanui i piʻi auaneʻi ʻoe i hiki i luna, a i ʻike ʻoe hoʻokahi hale e kū ana i loko o ka mahina, aia i laila ʻo Moanalihaikawaokele. | Then Kaeloikamalama instructed her, saying, "Here is your way, ascend to the top, and you will see a house standing alone in a garden patch; there is Moanalihaikawaokele; |
| Ch.27 p.145 para.5 sent.2 | ʻO Kahakaekaea ia ʻāina. | the country is Kahakaekaea. |
| Ch.27 p.145 para.6 sent.1 | “I nānā aku auaneʻi ʻoe, ka ʻelemakule e loloa ana ka lauoho, ua hina ke poʻo, ʻo Moanalihaikawaokele nō ia. | "When you see an old man with long gray hair, that is Moanalihaikawaokele; |
| Ch.27 p.145 para.8 sent.7 | ʻO oʻu me oʻu kaikuaʻana, | Of me and my older sisters, |
| Ch.27 p.145 para.8 sent.8 | Me kuʻu kaikunāne ʻo ʻAiwohikupua hoʻi. | And my brother, Aiwohikupua, |
| Ch.27 p.146 para.2 sent.3 | A laila, piʻi nō ʻoe, a i honi ʻoe i ke ʻala, ʻo ko makuahine nō ia nona ke ʻala, a laila, palekana. | Keep on up; and if you smell a fragrance, that too is your mother's, it is her fragrance, then all is well, |
| Ch.27 p.146 para.2 sent.6 | ʻO ko komo nō ia i loko o Kahakaekaea.” | you have entered Kahakaekaea." |
| Ch.27 p.146 para.3 sent.1 | A pau kā lāua kamaʻilio ʻana no kēia mau mea, piʻi akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana. | When they had finished talking, Kahalaomapuana climbed up, |
| Ch.27 p.146 para.3 sent.3 | Mai ia pō a wanaʻao, honi ʻo ia i ke ʻala o ke kiele, manaʻo aʻela kēia ʻo ka makuahine ia. | at night until dawn she smelled the fragrance of the kiele plant; this she thought was her mother's art; |
| Ch.27 p.146 para.3 sent.4 | Mai ia wanaʻao a kiʻekiʻe ka lā, loaʻa ʻo ia i ka wela o ka lā, manaʻo aʻela ʻo ia, ʻo ka hana kēia a kona kaikunāne. | from dawn until the sun was high she was in the heat of the sun, she thought this was her brother's doing. |
| Ch.27 p.146 para.3 sent.5 | I ia manawa, ake akula kēia e komo i ka malu o ka mahina, a ma ke ahiahi, hiki akula ʻo ia i ka malu o ka mahina, manaʻo aʻela kēia, ua komo i ka ʻāina i kapa ʻia ʻo Kahakaekaea. | Then she longed to reach the shadow of the moon, and at evening she came into the shadow of the moon; she knew then that she had entered the land called Kahakaekaea. |
| Ch.27 p.146 para.4 sent.1 | ʻIke akula ʻo ia i kēia hale nui e kū ana, ua pō ihola, hele akula ʻo ia ma ka lulu, aia nō e ala mai ana ʻo Moanalihaikawaokele. | She saw the big house standing, it was then night. She approached to the leeward; lo! Moanalihaikawaokele was still awake; |
| Ch.27 p.146 para.6 sent.1 | Ala aʻela ʻo Moanalihaikawaokele, ua paʻa kahi e ikaika ai, ʻo ka ʻumiʻumi. | Moanalihaikawaokele awoke; his beard, the place where his strength lay, was held last; |
| Ch.27 p.146 para.6 sent.4 | Nīnau aʻela, “Na wai ke kama ʻo ʻoe?” | He asked, "Whose child are you?" |
| Ch.27 p.146 para.10 sent.1 | Nīnau hou kēlā, “ʻO wai ʻoe?” | Again he asked, "Who are you?" |
| Ch.27 p.146 para.11 sent.1 | “ʻO Kahalaomāpuana.” | "It is Kahalaomapuana." |
| Ch.27 p.147 para.4 sent.1 | “ʻO Kaʻōnohiokalā,” wahi a ke kaikamahine. | "Kaonohiokala," the girl answered. |
| Ch.27 p.147 para.6 sent.1 | ʻĪ akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana, “I kiʻi mai nei au i kuʻu kaikunāne haku i kāne na ke kaikamahine aliʻi o Hawaiʻiākea, na Lāʻieikawai, he aikāne aliʻi a mākou, ko mākou mea nāna i mālama.” | Said Kahalaomapuana, "I have come to get my brother and lord to be the husband to the princess of broad Hawaii, to Laieikawai, our royal friend, the one who protects us." |
| Ch.27 p.147 para.7 sent.1 | Haʻi akula ʻo ia i nā mea a pau i hana ʻia e ko lākou kaikunāne a me kā lākou aikāne, ʻī maila ʻo Moanalihaikawaokele, “ʻAʻole naʻu e ʻae aku. | She related all that her brother had done, and their friend. Said Moanalihaikawaokele, "The consent is not mine to give, |
| Ch.27 p.147 para.8 sent.1 | Kakali ihola lāua ʻehiku lā, maopopo ihola nā lā e hanawai ai ʻo Laukieleʻula. | They waited seven days; it was Laukieleula's time of uncleanness. |
| Ch.27 p.147 para.8 sent.2 | ʻĪ akula ʻo Moanalihaikawaokele iā Kahalaomāpuana, “Ua kokoke mai ka lā e maʻi ai ko makuahine, no laila, ma kēia pō, e hele mua ʻoe ma ka hale peʻa, ma laila ʻoe e moe ai. | Said Moanalihaikawaokele, "It is almost time for your mother to come, so to-night, get to the taboo house first and sleep there; |
| Ch.27 p.147 para.8 sent.5 | Ma ia pō iho, hoʻouna akula ʻo Moanalihaikawaokele iā Kahalaomāpuana i loko o ka hale peʻa. | That night Moanalihaikawaokele sent Kahalaomapuana into the house set apart for women. |
| Ch.28 p.149 para.1 sent.1 | Ma ke kakahiaka nui, hiki ana ʻo Laukieleʻula. | Very early in the morning came Laukieleula; |
| Ch.28 p.149 para.1 sent.3 | ʻAʻole naʻe e hiki i ua ʻo Laukieleʻula ke hoʻokaʻawale iā ia, no ka mea, ua haumia. | she could not go away because she was unclean |
| Ch.28 p.149 para.1 sent.4 | ʻO kēlā hale wale no kahi i ʻae ʻia nona. | and that house was the only one open to her. |
| Ch.28 p.149 para.1 sent.5 | “ʻO wai ʻoe, e kēia kupu, e kēia kalohe, nāna i komo kuʻu wahi kapu, kahi hiki ʻole i nā mea ʻē aʻe ke komo ma kēia wahi?” | "Who are you, lawless one, mischief-maker, who have entered my taboo house, the place prohibited to any other?" |
| Ch.28 p.149 para.2 sent.1 | Haʻi aku ka malihini, “ʻO Kahalaomāpuana au, ka hua hope loa a kou ʻōpū.” | Said the stranger, "I am Kahalaompuana, the last fruit of your womb." |
| Ch.28 p.149 para.4 sent.1 | A no kēia mea, hoʻi akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana me Moanalihaikawaokele, nīnau maila ka makua kāne, “Pehea maila?” | So Kahalaomapuana went back to Moanalihaikawaokele; the father asked, "How was it? " |
| Ch.28 p.149 para.6 sent.1 | Noho ihola lāua ʻekolu lā, kokoke i ka wā e pau ai ka haumia o Laukieleʻula, ʻōlelo aku ʻo Moanalihaikawaokele i ke kaikamahine, “O hele, no ka mea, ua kokoke mai ka wā mau o ko makuahine. | Three days the two stayed there; close to the time when Laukieleula's uncleanness would end, Moanalihaikawaokele said to his daughter, "Come! for your mother's days are almost ended; |
| Ch.28 p.151 para.1 sent.2 | Hoʻokahi wale nō mea nui āna, ʻo ka lani āu i kiʻi mai nei. | only one thing will be great enough, to get you the high one; |
| Ch.28 p.151 para.1 sent.3 | Aia a nīnau kēlā i kou makemake, a laila, haʻi aku ʻoe, ʻo ko ʻike kā hoʻi ia i ko kaikunāne. | then when she asks you what you desire, tell her; then you shall see your brother; |
| Ch.28 p.151 para.1 sent.4 | ʻIke pū me aʻu, no ka mea, hoʻokahi wale nō aʻu ʻike ʻana i ka makahiki hoʻokahi, he kiʻei mai kā, ʻo ka nalo akula nō ia.” | we shall both see him, for I see him only once a year; he peeps out and disappears." |
| Ch.28 p.151 para.3 sent.2 | Ua hoʻokaʻawale mua aʻe ʻo Moanalihaikawaokele iā ia ma ke kaʻawale, ʻo ke kaikamahine wale nō ko ka hale. | Moanalihaikawaokele absented himself and only the daughter remained in
the house. |
| Ch.28 p.151 para.4 sent.1 | “E Moanalihaikawaokele, ʻo kuʻu kapa i haumia, hō mai. | "O Moanalihaikawaokele, give me back my polluted clothes, |
| Ch.28 p.151 para.4 sent.5 | Kiʻei akula kēia i loko o ka hale, e moe ana ʻo Kahalaomāpuana; ua pūloʻu iho i ke kapa i hoʻohaumia ʻole ʻia. | she peeped into the house where Kahalaomapuana lay sleeping, her head (covered with a clean piece of tapa. |
| Ch.28 p.151 para.5 sent.1 | I ia manawa, puoho aʻela ʻo Kahalaomāpuana, me he mea lā ua hiamoe, me ka ʻī aku i ka makuahine, “E kuʻu Haku makuahine, ua hele aku nei kēlā. | Then Kahalaomapuana started up as if she had been asleep and said to her mother, "My mother and ruler, he has gone; |
| Ch.28 p.151 para.5 sent.2 | ʻO wau wale nō ko ka hale nei, a ʻo ko kapa naʻe i haumia i ko maʻi, eia lā.” | only I am in the house; that polluted skirt of yours, here it is." |
| Ch.28 p.152 para.1 sent.1 | “I kiʻi mai nei au i kuʻu kaikunāne i kāne na ke aikāne a mākou, ke aliʻi wahine o Hawaiʻinuiākea, ʻo Lāʻieikawai, ka mea nāna i mālama iā mākou i loko o ko mākou haʻalele ʻia ʻana e ko mākou kaikunāne aloha ʻole. | "I come to get my older brother for a husband for our friend, the princess of the great broad land of Hawaii, Laieikawai, our protector when we were lovelessly deserted by our older brother; |
| Ch.28 p.152 para.1 sent.4 | ʻO kā Kahalaomāpuana ʻōlelo kēia i mua o kona makuahine. | These were Kahalaomapuana's words to her mother. |
| Ch.28 p.152 para.2 sent.3 | ʻO ko kiʻi paka ʻana mai nei, ʻaʻole au e ʻauʻa aku. | since you come in person, I will not keep him back. |
| Ch.28 p.152 para.2 sent.4 | ʻO ia hoʻi, ua ʻōlelo nō ko kaikunāne, ʻo ʻoe hoʻokahi nō kāna mea i ʻoi aku ke aloha a me ka manaʻo nui, a no laila, e piʻi kāua e ʻike i ko kaikunāne. | "Indeed, your brother has said that you are the one he loves
best and thinks the most of; so let us go up and see your brother. |
| Ch.28 p.152 para.5 sent.6 | ʻO nā kupu, nā ʻeu, | O the lawless ones, the mischief makers! |
| Ch.28 p.152 para.5 sent.7 | ʻO Mokukelekahiki, | O Mokukelekahiki! |
| Ch.28 p.152 para.5 sent.8 | ʻO Kāʻeloikamalama, | O Kaeloikamalama! |
| Ch.28 p.152 para.6 sent.1 | I ia wā, kuʻu ihola ua manu nei i nā ʻēheu i lalo, a ʻo ke kino, aia nō i luna. | Then that bird drooped its wings down and its body remained aloft, |
| Ch.28 p.152 para.6 sent.2 | Ma ia wā, kau akula ʻo Laukieleʻula me Kahalaomāpuana i luna o ka ʻēheu o ua manu nei, ʻo ka lele akula nō ia a hiki iā Awakea, ka mea nāna e wehe ke pani o ka lā, kahi i noho ai ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā. | then Laukieleula and Kahalaomapuana rested upon the bird's wings and it flew and came to Awakea, the Noonday, the one who opens the door of the sun where Kaonohiokala lived. |
| Ch.28 p.153 para.1 sent.2 | A laila, kēnā aʻela ʻo Laukieleʻula iā Awakea, “Wehe ʻia mai ke pani o kahi o ke aliʻi!” | Then Laukieleula ordered Noonday, "Open the way to the chief's place!" |
| Ch.28 p.153 para.2 sent.1 | I ia manawa, ke ʻaʻe lā ʻo Awakea me kona wela nui, a ʻauheʻe akula nā ao hekili i mua ona. | Then Noonday put forth her heat and the clouds melted before her; |
| Ch.28 p.153 para.3 sent.1 | I ia manawa, lālau ihola ʻo Laukieleʻula i kekahi kukuna o ka lā a kāohi ihola. | Then Laukieleula seized hold of one of the sun's rays and held it. |
| Ch.28 p.153 para.3 sent.3 | Iā Kahalaomāpuana i ʻike aku ai i kona kaikunāne, ua like nā maka me ka uila, a ʻo kona ʻili a me kona kino a puni, ua like me ke okooko o ke kapuahi hoʻoheʻeheʻe hao. | When Kahalaomapuana looked upon her brother his eyes were like lightning and his skin all over his body was like the heat of the furnace where iron is melted. |
| Ch.28 p.153 para.3 sent.4 | Kāhea akula ʻo Laukieleʻula, “E kuʻu Lani, eia ko kuahine, ʻo Kahalaomāpuana, ka mea āu e aloha nui nei. | Laukieleula cried out, "O my heavenly one, here is your sister, Kahalaomapuana, the one you love best, |
| Ch.28 p.153 para.6 sent.2 | A pau ka uē ʻana, nīnau ihola, “Na wai ke kama ʻo ʻoe?” | "When their wailing was ended he asked, "Whose child are you? " |
| Ch.28 p.153 para.7 sent.1 | Pane aku ke kaikuahine, “Na Mokukelekahiki, na Kāʻeloikamalama, na Moanalihaikawaokele lāua ʻo Laukieleʻula.” | Said the sister, "Mokukelekahiki's, Kaeloikamalama's, Moanalihaikawaokele's through Laukieleula." |
| Ch.28 p.153 para.10 sent.2 | Inā ʻo kekahi o lākou kai kiʻi mai nei, inā ʻaʻole e hiki mai i o kāua nei; i lalo akula nō hoʻi. | if anyone else had brought her to get you, if she had not come to us two, she might have stayed below; |
| Ch.28 p.154 para.1 sent.1 | A pau kēia mau ʻōlelo, nīnau hou maila ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā iā Kahalaomāpuana no kona mau kaikuaʻana a me kona kaikunāne. | After this answer Kaonohiokala asked further about her sisters and her brother. |
| Ch.28 p.154 para.1 sent.2 | A laila, haʻi akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana, “ʻAʻole he pono o ko mākou kaikunāne; ua kūʻē ko mākou noho ʻana. | Then said Kahalaomapuana, "My brother has not done right; he has opposed our living |
| Ch.28 p.154 para.1 sent.3 | ʻO kēia wahine nō aʻu i kiʻi mai nei iā ʻoe, i ka huakaʻi mua ʻana i kiʻi ai i ua wahine nei, hoʻi hou aʻe iā mākou, hele nō mākou a hiki i kahi o ua wahine nei, ke aliʻi wahine aʻu e ʻōlelo nei. | with this woman whom I am come to get you for. When he first went to woo this woman he came back again after us; we went with him and came to the woman's house, the princess of
whom I speak. |
| Ch.28 p.154 para.1 sent.6 | I nānā aku ka hana i ka hale o ua ʻo Lāʻieikawai, ua uhi ʻia mai i ka hulu melemele o ka ʻōʻō. | and looked at the workmanship of Laieikawai's house, inwrought with the yellow feathers of the oo bird. |
| Ch.28 p.154 para.2 sent.1 | “Kiʻi ʻo Mailehaʻiwale, ʻaʻole i loaʻa. | "Mailehaiwale went to woo her, gained nothing, |
| Ch.28 p.154 para.2 sent.3 | Kiʻi aku ʻo Mailekaluhea, ʻaʻole nō i loaʻa. | Mailekaluhea went, gained nothing at all; |
| Ch.28 p.154 para.2 sent.4 | Kiʻi aku ʻo Mailelauliʻi, ʻaʻole nō i loaʻa. | Mailelaulii went, gained nothing at all; |
| Ch.28 p.154 para.2 sent.5 | Kiʻi aku ʻo Mailepākaha, ʻaʻole nō i loaʻa. | Mailepakaha went, gained nothing at all; |
| Ch.28 p.154 para.2 sent.6 | I ka hōʻole wale nō a pau lākou, koe ʻo wau, ʻaʻole hoʻi wau i kiʻi, ʻo ka huhū ihola nō ia iā mākou, haʻalele i ka nāhelehele. | she refused them all; I remained, I never went to woo her; he went away in a rage leaving us in the jungle. |
| Ch.28 p.154 para.3 sent.3 | ʻO ia ihola ko mākou noho ʻana.” | that is how we live." |
| Ch.28 p.154 para.4 sent.1 | A lohe ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā i kēia mau ʻōlelo, he mea ʻē ka huhū. | When Kaonohiokala heard this story, he was angry. |
| Ch.28 p.154 para.4 sent.7 | Ua pau kuʻu kino kapu akua, a laila, ʻo kuʻu kapu aliʻi koe, a laila, noho kanaka aku au ma ko kākou ʻano. | my divine body is laid aside, only the nature of a taboo chief remains, and I am become a human being like you. |
| Ch.28 p.155 para.1 sent.4 | No laila, e lawe aku ʻoe i ka hōʻailona o Lāʻieikawai, he ānuenue, ʻo kuʻu wahine ia.” | "Therefore, take a sign for Laieikawai, a rainbow; thus shall I know my wife." |
| Ch.28 p.155 para.3 sent.1 | Hiki lāua i ʻOlaʻa, ʻaʻole ʻo Lāʻieikawai mā. | They came to Olaa. |
| Ch.28 p.155 para.3 sent.2 | Hanu aʻela ua moʻo nei a puni ʻo Hawaiʻi, ʻaʻole. | Laieikawai and her companions were gone; the lizard smelled all about Hawaii; nothing. |
| Ch.28 p.155 para.3 sent.7 | Luaʻi akula ua ʻo Kihanuilūlūmoku iā Kahalaomāpuana. | and Kihanuilulumoku threw forth Kahalaomapuana. |
| Ch.29 p.157 para.1 sent.2 | I loko naʻe o kāna manawa e ʻōlelo nei no ka ʻōlelo kauoha a Kaʻōnohiokalā, ʻī maila ʻo Lāʻieikawai i kona mau hoa, “E nā hoa, iā Kahalaomāpuana e ʻōlelo nei no Kaʻōnohiokalā, ke kaikunāne o kākou, kuʻu kāne hoʻi, ke kau ʻē mai nei iaʻu ka haliʻa o ka makaʻu a me ka weliweli. | When she recited the charge given her by Kaonohiokala, Laieikawai said to her companions, "O comrades, as Kahalaomapuana tells me the message of your brother and my husband, a strange foreboding weighs upon me, and I am amazed; |
| Ch.29 p.157 para.1 sent.4 | I ahona paha a ʻike aku, ʻo kuʻu make nō paha ia, no ka mea, ke makaʻu honua ʻē mai nei nō i kona manawa ʻaʻole me kākou.” | When I think of seeing him, however I may desire it, I am ready to die with fear before he has even come to us." |
| Ch.29 p.157 para.2 sent.2 | ʻO kona ʻano naʻe a me kona helehelena, he ʻano akua. | yet in his nature and appearance godlike. |
| Ch.29 p.157 para.2 sent.4 | Ma ona lā i hāʻawi ʻia ai ka mana nui hiki ʻole iā mākou, a ʻo Kahalaomāpuana nei, ʻalua wale nō mea i hāʻawi ʻia ai ka mana, koe aku naʻe ke kapu no ko kākou kaikunāne, no laila, mai makaʻu ʻoe. | to him was given superhuman powers which we have not, except Kahalaomapuana; only they two were given this power; his taboo rank still remains; therefore, do not fear; |
| Ch.29 p.158 para.1 sent.1 | “A hala aʻe ia, a i ka lā ʻo Māhealani, ma ka ʻehu kakahiaka, i ka manawa e keʻehi iho ai nā kukuna o ka lā i ka piko o nā mauna, i ia manawa e ʻike aku ai ko ka ʻāina, he kama kahi ke noho mai ana i loko o ka ʻōnohi o ka lā; he mea like me ke keiki kapu a kuʻu akua. | "When this passes, on the day of full moon, in the dusk of the early morning, at the time when the sun's rays strike the mountain tops, then the earth shall behold a youth sitting within the eye of the sun, one like the taboo child of my god. |
| Ch.29 p.158 para.4 sent.1 | “Ma mua o ka hiki ʻana mai o ka mea mana, e hōʻike mai nō ʻo ia i hōʻailona no ka luku ʻana, ʻaʻole ma luna o nā makaʻāinana, ma luna pono iho nō ou, a ʻo kou poʻe. | "Before the coming of the wonder-worker he will give you a sign of destruction, not over all the people of the land, but over you yourself and your people; |
| Ch.29 p.159 para.2 sent.1 | Pēlā ʻo ia i kūkala hele ai i mua o nā aliʻi a puni ʻo Kauaʻi. | Thus he proclaimed to all the chiefs on Kauai, |
| Ch.29 p.159 para.2 sent.2 | ʻO ka poʻe aliʻi i lohe i kā ka makāula, ʻo lākou nō kai pakele. | and the chiefs who listened to the seer, they were spared. |
| Ch.29 p.159 para.4 sent.1 | Akā, ʻo Waka, ʻaʻole ʻo ia i hoʻokō, me ka ʻōlelo mai, “Inā he akua ka mea nāna e luku mai, a laila, he akua nō koʻu e hiki ai ke hoʻopakele iaʻu a me kaʻu mau aliʻi.” | But Waka would not listen, and answered, "If a god is the one to bring destruction, then I have another god to save me and my chiefs." |
| Ch.29 p.159 para.5 sent.3 | A ʻo ka mea e manaʻoʻiʻo ʻole i kaʻu, e hāʻule nō lākou i loko o ka luku nui. | and whoever will not believe me, let them fall in the great day of destruction. |
| Ch.29 p.159 para.5 sent.5 | A no ka mea, ua ʻike ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā i ke kō mau o kāna mau wānana ma mua aku, no laila, ua pale kēlā i ka ʻōlelo a ka luahine. | And because Kekalukaluokewa knew that his former prophecies had been fulfilled, therefore he rejected the old woman's counsel. |
| Ch.29 p.159 para.6 sent.3 | Hoʻokahi lā o kona noho ʻana me kāna mau kaikamāhine ma Honopuʻuwaiakua, mai kona hoʻi ʻana aku mai kaʻapuni, hiki mai ʻo Kahalaomāpuana e like me kā kākou ʻike ʻana ma mua aʻe nei i hōʻike ʻia ma nēia mokuna. | He had been back one day with his daughters at Honopuwaiakua when Kahalaomapuana arrived, as described in the chapter before. |
| Ch.30 p.161 para.1 sent.2 | Pēlā i hoʻāʻo liʻiliʻi ai nā hōʻailona i loko o nā lā ʻelima, a ʻo ke ono o ka lā, kuʻi ka hekili, ua ka ua, kaikoʻo ka moana, waikahe ka ʻāina, ʻōlapa ka uila, uhi ka noe, piʻo ke ānuenue, ku ka pūnohu i ka moana. | So the signs began little by little during five days, and on the sixth day the thunder cracked, the rain poured down, the ocean billows swelled, the land was flooded, the lightning flashed, the mist closed down, the rainbow arched, the colored cloud rose over the ocean. |
| Ch.30 p.161 para.2 sent.1 | ʻĪ akula nā kaikamāhine, “ʻO ia hoʻi kā mākou i hamumu iho nei, no ka mea, ua lohe mua nō mākou i kēia mea iā ʻoe, ʻoiai, ʻaʻole kēia (Kahalaomāpuana) i hiki mai, a ma kā ia nei hoʻi ʻana mai nei, lohe hope mākou iā ia nei.” | The daughters answered, ''This is what we have been whispering about, for first you told us these things while Kahalaomapuana had not yet returned, and since her return she has told us the same thing again." |
| Ch.30 p.161 para.3 sent.1 | ʻŌlelo maila ʻo Lāʻieikawai, “He haʻalulu nui koʻu a me ka weliweli, a pehea lā e pau ai kuʻu makaʻu?” | Said Laieikawai, "I tremble and am astonished, and how can my fear be stilled?" |
| Ch.30 p.163 para.1 sent.2 | Ma ke kakahiaka, i nā kukuna o ka lā i haʻalele iho ai i nā mauna, ʻike ʻia akula ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā e noho ana i loko o ka wela kūkanono o ka lā ma waena pono o ka luakālai i hoʻopuni ʻia i nā ānuenue a me ka ua koko. | in the early morning when the rays of the sun rose above the mountain, Kaonohiokala was seen sitting within the smoking heat of the sun, right in the middle of the sun's ring, encircled with rainbows and a red mist. |
| Ch.30 p.163 para.2 sent.1 | I kēlā wā nō, lohe ʻia akula ka pihe ʻuā a puni ʻo Kauaʻi i ka ʻike ʻana aku i ka hiwahiwa kama kahi a Moanalihaikawaokele lāua ʻo Laukieleʻula, ke aliʻi nui o Kahakaekaea a me Nuʻumealani. | Then the sound of shouting was heard all over Kauai at the sight of the beloved child of Moanalihaikawaokele and Laukieleula, the great high chief of Kahakaekaea and Nuumealani. |
| Ch.30 p.163 para.3 sent.2 | Ua paʻa ka leo, ʻo ke kuhikuhi wale iho nō a ka lima, ʻaʻohe leo, me ke kūnou ʻana o ke poʻo, no ka mea, ua paʻa ka leo i ka ʻuā iā Kaʻōnohiokalā. | until they were hoarse and could only point with their hands and nod their heads, for they were hoarse with shouting for Kaonohiokala. |
| Ch.30 p.163 para.4 sent.1 | I ia manawa a Kaʻōnohiokalā e nānā mai ana i ka honua nei, aia hoʻi, e ʻaʻahu mai ana ʻo Lāʻieikawai i ke kapa ānuenue a kona kaikuahine (Kahalaomāpuana) i lawe mai ai, a laila, maopopo aʻela iā ia, ʻo Lāʻieikawai nō kēia, ka wahine hoʻopalau āna. | Now, as Kaonohiokala looked down upon the earth, lo! Laieikawai was clothed in the rainbow garment his sister, Kahalaomapuana, had brought her; then through this sign he recognized Laieikawai as his betrothed wife. |
| Ch.30 p.163 para.5 sent.1 | Ma ka ʻehu ahiahi, ma ka puka ʻana mai a ka mahina kōnane ʻo Māhealani, hiki maila i loko o ke anapuni a ka makāula. | In the dusk of the evening, at the rising of the bright full moon, he entered the prophet's inclosure. |
| Ch.30 p.163 para.6 sent.1 | A, ʻo Lāʻieikawai kekahi, i ka hiwahiwa i ʻike mai ai iā Lāʻieikawai e hoʻomaka ana e kukuli, kāhea maila ka hiwahiwa, “E kuʻu Haku wahine, e Lāʻieikawai ē! | And Laieikawai was about to do the same; when the Beloved saw Laieikawai about to kneel he cried out, "O my wife and ruler! O Laieikawai! |
| Ch.30 p.163 para.8 sent.1 | “ʻAʻole au i hiki mai e lawe i kou ola, akā, ma ka huakaʻi a kuʻu kaikuahine i hiki aʻe nei i ou lā, a no laila, ua hāʻawi mai wau i hōʻailona noʻu e ʻike ai iā ʻoe, a e maopopo ai iaʻu, ʻo ʻoe kuʻu wahine hoʻopalau. | "I have not come to take your life, but on my sister's visit to me I gave her a sign for me to know you by and recognize you as my betrothed wife; |
| Ch.30 p.163 para.8 sent.3 | Pēlā aku ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā. | so said Kaonohiokala. |
| Ch.30 p.163 para.10 sent.2 | Akā, ʻo ka makāula ka mea i ʻike ʻāweʻaweʻa aku i ka lawe ʻia ʻana ma ke ānuenue, a noho i loko o ka mahina. | but the prophet had a glimpse of her being carried on the rainbow to dwell within the moon; |
| Ch.30 p.165 para.4 sent.1 | I ia manawa, hālāwai maila me ia ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā, a haʻi akula i kāna ʻōlelo hōʻike no kāna ʻoihana kaʻapuni e like me ke kauoha a ka hiwahiwa. | Then Kaonohiokala met him, and the seer told him about the circuit he had made at the Beloved's command. |
| Ch.30 p.165 para.6 sent.2 | Hāʻawi ʻia ka make no Waka, a ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, hoʻopaʻi ʻia akula ia e lilo i kanaka ʻilihune e ʻaeʻa haukaʻe ana ma luna o ka ʻāina a hiki i kona mau lā hope. | To Waka he meted out death, and Aiwohikupua was punished by being deprived of all his wealth, to wander like a vagrant over the earth until the end of his days. |
| Ch.30 p.165 para.7 sent.1 | I ke kakahiaka naʻe, i ka hoʻomaka ʻana o ka luku iā ʻAiwohikupua a me Waka, aia hoʻi, ʻo ke anaina i ʻākoakoa ma Pihanakalani, ʻike akula lākou i ke ānuenue i kuʻu ʻia mai ma ka mahina mai, i ʻūlili ʻia i nā kukuna wela o ka lā. | Now in the early morning of the day of Aiwohikupua's and Waka's downfall, Lo! the multitude assembled at Pihanakalani saw a rainbow let down from the moon to earth, trembling in the hot rays of the sun. |
| Ch.30 p.165 para.8 sent.1 | A laila, i ia manawa ʻākoakoa lākou a pau, ka makāula a me nā kaikamāhine ʻelima, e kau mai ana ma ke ala i ʻūlili ʻia, a ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā me Lāʻieikawai ma ke kaʻawale, a he mau kapuaʻi ko lāua me he ahi lā. | Then, as they all crowded together, the seer and the five girls stood on the ladder way, and Kaonohiokala and Laieikawai apart, and the soles of their feet were like fire. |
| Ch.30 p.165 para.8 sent.2 | ʻO ia ka manawa a ʻAiwohikupua a me Waka i hāʻule ai i ka honua me ka ʻāpono i ka ʻōlelo a ka makāula. | This was the time when Aiwohikupua and Waka fell to the ground, and the seer's prophecy was fulfilled. |
| Ch.30 p.166 para.9 sent.2 | A ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā nō ke kuhina nui a me Lāʻielohelohe, a ʻo ka makāula nō ko lākou mau hoa kūkā ma ke ʻano kuhina nui. | And Kekalukaluokewa was chief counsellor under Laielohelohe, and the seer was their companion in council, with the power of chief counsellor". |
| Ch.30 p.166 para.10 sent.1 | A pau ka hoʻoponopono ʻana no kēia mau mea, a pono ka noho ʻana, kāʻili pū ʻia akula ʻo Lāʻieikawai e kāna kāne ma ke ānuenue i loko o nā ao kaʻalelewa, a noho ma kahi mau o kāna kāne. | After all these things were put in order and well established, Laieikawai and her husband were taken on the rainbow to the land within the clouds and dwelt in the husband's home. |
| Ch.31 p.167 para.1 sent.1 | Ma hope o ko Lāʻieikawai hoʻāo ʻana me Kaʻōnohiokala me ka hoʻoponopono i ka noho ʻana o kona mau kaikuahine, ka makāula a me Kekalukaluokēwā ma, a pau kēia mau mea i ka hoʻoponopono ʻia, hoʻi akula lāua i luna o ka ʻaina i ʻōlelo ʻia ʻo Kahakaekaea, a noho ma ka peʻa kapu o Kūkulu o Tahiti. | After the marriage of Laieikawai and Kaonohiokala, when his sisters and the seer and Kekalukaluokewa and his wife were well established, after all this had been set in order, they returned to the country in the heavens called Kahakaekaea and dwelt in the taboo house on the borders of Tahiti. |
| Ch.31 p.167 para.2 sent.1 | Ma mua naʻe o ko lāua haʻalele ʻana ia Kauaʻi a hoʻi aku i luna, ua hana ʻia kekahi ʻōlelo hoʻoholo i loko o ko lākou ʻakoakoa ʻana ma ka ʻahaʻōlelo hoʻoponopono aupuni ʻana, ʻo ia hoʻi, i ka la i kuʻu ʻia mai ai ke alanui anuenue mai Nuʻumealani mai, a kau akula ʻo Kaʻōnohiokala a me āʻieikawai ma luna o ke ala anuenue i ʻōlelo ʻia, a waiho maila i kona kauoha hope i kona mau hoa, ka makāula a me Lāʻielohelohe, eia kana ʻōlelo, “E oʻu mau hoa a me ko kakou makua kane makāula, kuʻu kaikaina i ka aʻa hoʻokahi a me ka kaua kane, ke hoʻi nei au ma muli o ka mea a kakou i kūka ai, a ke haʻalele nei wau ia ʻoukou, a hoʻi aku i kahi hiki ʻole ia ʻoukou ke ʻike koke aʻe. | Before they left Kauai to return to the heavens, a certain agreement was made in their assembly at the government council. Lo! on that day, the rainbow pathway was let down from
Nuumealani and Kaonohiokala and Laieikawai mounted upon that way, and she laid her last commands upon her sisters, the seer, and Laielohelohe; these were her words: "My companions and our father the prophet, my sister born with me in the womb and your husband, I return according to our agreement; I leave you and return to that place where you will not soon come to see me; |
| Ch.31 p.167 para.2 sent.4 | A pau kēia mau mea, lawe ʻia akula lāua me ko lāua ʻike ʻole ʻia, a e like me ka ʻōlelo, “ʻO Kaʻōnohiokalā ka mea iho mai e ʻike i ka pono o kona mau hoa,” ʻo ia kekahi kumu i haunaele ai ko Lāʻieikawai mā noho ʻana me kāna kāne. | After these words they were borne away out of sight. And as to her saying Kaonohiokala would come to look after the welfare of her companions, this was the sole source of disturbance in Laieikawai's life with her husband. |
| Ch.31 p.168 para.1 sent.2 | ʻElima paha makahiki ka lōʻihi o ko lāua noho ʻana ma ka hoʻohiki paʻa o ka pelika male, a i ke ono paha o ka makahiki o ko Lāʻieikawai mā noho pono ʻana me kāna kāne, i ia manawa, hāʻule ihola ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā i ka hewa me Lāʻielohelohe me ka ʻike ʻole o nā mea ʻē aʻe i kēia hāʻule ʻana i ka hewa. | They had lived perhaps five years under the marriage contract, and about the sixth year of Laieikawai's happy life with her husband, Kaonohiokala fell into sin with Laielohelohe without
knowing of his falling into sin. |
| Ch.31 p.168 para.2 sent.1 | I ka ʻekolu malama o Lāʻieikawai mā i luna, iho maila ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā e ʻike i ka pono o kona mau kaikuahine, a hoʻi akula me Lāʻieikawai. | After Laieikawai had lived three months above, Kaonohiokala went down to look after his sister's welfare, and returned to Laieikawai; |
| Ch.31 p.168 para.2 sent.3 | A i ka ʻekolu makahiki o ko Kaʻōnohiokalā huakaʻi mākaʻi i ka pono o kona mau kaikuahine, aia hoʻi, ua hoʻokanaka makua loa aʻela kāna wahine ʻōpio (Lāʻielohelohe), a laila, ua piʻi mai a māhuahua ka wahine maikaʻi, a ʻoi aʻe ma mua o kona kaikuaʻana ʻo Lāʻieikawai. | and after three years of going below to see after his sisters, lo! Laielohelohe was fullgrown and her beauty had increased and surpassed that of her sister, Laieikawai's. |
| Ch.31 p.168 para.2 sent.4 | ʻAʻole naʻe i hāʻule ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā, i ia manawa, i ka hewa, akā, ua hoʻomaka aʻe kona kuko ʻino e hana i ka mea pono ʻole. | Not at this time, however, did Kaonohiokala fall into sin, but his sinful longing had its beginning. |
| Ch.31 p.168 para.4 sent.1 | I ka lima o ka makahiki, ma ka pau ʻana o ka hapahā mua o ua makahiki lā, iho hou maila ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā i kāna hana mau i lalo nei. | In the fifth year, at the end of the first quarter, Kaonohiokala went away to do his work below. |
| Ch.31 p.168 para.5 sent.1 | I kēlā manawa nō hoʻi, iā ia e hālāwai lā me kona mau kaikuahine a me ka makāula hoʻi, ka punalua a me kā lāua wahine hoʻi (Lāʻielohelohe), hoʻomaka aʻela ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā e hoʻoponopono hou no ke aupuni, a no laila, ua hoʻomaka hou ka ʻahaʻōlelo. | Now at this time, when he met his sisters, the prophet and his punalua and their wife (Laielohelohe), Kaonohiokala began to redistribute the land, so he called a fresh council. |
| Ch.31 p.168 para.5 sent.2 | A i mea e pono ai ko ke aliʻi manaʻo kolohe, hoʻolilo aʻela ʻo ia i kona mau kaikuahine i poʻe kiaʻi no ka ʻāina i ʻōlelo ʻia ʻo Keʻalohilani, a na lākou e hoʻoponopono pū me Mokukelekahiki i ka noho ʻana a me nā hana a pau e pili ana i ka ʻāina. | And to carry out his evil purpose, he transferred his sisters to be guards over the land called Kealohilani, and arranged that they should live with Mokukelekahiki and have charge of the land with him. |
| Ch.31 p.169 para.1 sent.2 | Akā, ʻo Kahalaomāpuana, ʻaʻole ʻo ia i ʻae aku e hoʻi i loko o Keʻalohilani, no ka mea, ua ʻoi aku kona minamina i ka hanohano mau i loaʻa iā ia ma mua o ka hoʻi ʻana i Keʻalohilani. | But Kahalaomapuana would not consent to return to Kealohilani, for she cared more for her former post of honor than to return to Kealohilani. |
| Ch.31 p.169 para.1 sent.3 | A no ko Kahalaomāpuana ʻae ʻole, hoʻopuka akula ʻo ia i kāna ʻōlelo i mua o kona kaikunāne, “E kuʻu Lani, ma kou hoʻolilo ʻana aʻe nei iā mākou e hoʻi i Keʻalohilani, a ʻo lākou nō ke hoʻi, a ʻo wau nei lā, e noho aʻe nō wau i lalo nei e like me kāu hoʻonoho mua ʻana, no ka mea, ke aloha nei wau i ka ʻāina a me nā makaʻāinana, a ua maʻa aʻe nei nō hoʻi ka noho ʻana. | And in refusing, she spoke to her brother as follows: "My high one, as to your sending us to Kealohilani, let them go and I will remain here, living as you first placed me; for I love the land and the people and am accustomed to the life; |
| Ch.31 p.169 para.1 sent.4 | A inā ʻo wau nō ma lalo nei, ʻo ʻoe nō ma luna mai, a ʻo lākou nei hoʻi i waena aʻe nei, a laila, pono iho nō kākou, like loa me ka hānau ʻana mai a ko kākou makuahine, no ka mea, nāu i wāhi ke alanui, a ʻo kou mau pōkiʻi hoʻi, hele aku ma hope ou, a naʻu hoʻi i pani aku. | and if I stay below here and you above and they between, then all will be well, just as we were born of our mother; for you broke the way, your little sisters followed you, and I stopped it up; |
| Ch.31 p.169 para.1 sent.5 | ʻO ke oki nō ia, a ʻo ia lā.” | that was the end, and so it was." |
| Ch.31 p.169 para.2 sent.2 | Akā, no ke ake nui o Kaʻōnohiokalā e kaʻawale aku ʻo ia i kahi ʻē, i mea e ʻike ʻole ʻia ai kona kalohe ʻana, no laila, hailona akula ʻo ia i kona mau kaikuahine, a ʻo ka mea e kū ai ka hailona, ʻo ia ke hoʻi i loko o Keʻalohilani. | but because of Kaonohiokala's great desire to get her away so that she would not detect his mischievous doings, therefore he cast lots upon his sisters, and the one upon whom the lot rested must go back to Kealohilani. |
| Ch.31 p.169 para.2 sent.3 | ʻĪ akula ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā i kona mau kaikuahine, “E hele ʻoukou e ʻuʻu mai i pua kiliʻoʻopu. | Said Kaonohiokala to his sisters, "Go and pull a grass flower; |
| Ch.31 p.169 para.2 sent.7 | E like me ko hānau ʻana, pēlā ʻoukou e hele ai, a pēlā nō hoʻi ʻoukou ke hoʻi mai, a ʻo ka mea lōʻihi o kāna kiliʻoʻopu, ʻo ia ke hoʻi i Keʻalohilani.” | in the order of your birth, and the one who has the longest grass stem, she shall go to Kealohilani." |
| Ch.31 p.169 para.3 sent.2 | A ʻo ka lua hoʻi, huhuki maila, a ʻoki aʻela i kāna kiliʻoʻopu, ʻekolu ʻīniha a me ka hapa paha. | and the second one pulled and broke her flower perhaps three inches and a half; |
| Ch.31 p.169 para.3 sent.3 | A ʻo ke kolu hoʻi, huhuki maila i kāna kiliʻoʻopu, ʻelua ʻīniha paha ka lōʻihi. | and the third, she pulled her grass stem about two inches long; |
| Ch.31 p.169 para.3 sent.4 | A ʻo ka ʻehā o lākou, hoʻokahi ʻīniha paha ka lōʻihi o kāna. | and the fourth of them, hers was about one inch long; |
| Ch.31 p.169 para.3 sent.5 | A ʻo Kahalaomāpuana hoʻi, ʻaʻole ʻo ia i huhuki mai ma ke kiliʻoʻopu loloa, huhuki maila ʻo ia ma ka mea liʻiliʻi loa, ʻekolu kapuaʻi paha kona loa, a ʻoki aʻela ʻo ia i ka hapalua o kāna, a hoʻi akula, me ka manaʻo, ʻo kāna kiliʻoʻopu ka pōkole. | and Kahalaomapuana did not pull the tall flowers, she pulled a very short one, about three feet long hers was, and she cut off half and came back, thinking her grass stem was the shortest. |
| Ch.31 p.170 para.1 sent.1 | Akā, i ka hoʻohālike ʻana, kiola akula ka mua i kāna i mua o ko lākou kaikunāne, ʻike akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana i ka mua, he mea kāhāhā loa iā ia, no laila, momoku malū aʻela ʻo ia i kāna i loko o kona ʻaʻahu, akā, ua ʻike akula kona kaikunāne i kāna hana, ʻī akula, “E Kahalaomāpuana, mai hana malū ʻoe! | But in comparing them, the oldest laid hers down before her brother. Kahalaomapuana saw it and was much surprised, so she secretly broke hers inside her clothing; but her brother saw her doing it and said, "Kahalaomapuana, no fooling! |
| Ch.31 p.170 para.2 sent.1 | Kiola akula nā mea i koe i kā lākou, akā, ʻo Kahalaomāpuana, ʻaʻole i hōʻike mai, ʻī mai naʻe “Ua kū iaʻu ka hailona.” | "The others laid down theirs, but Kahalaomapuana did not show hers; said he, "The lot rests upon you." |
| Ch.31 p.170 para.3 sent.1 | ʻO ia hoʻi, he mea kaumaha naʻe iā Kahalaomāpuana ke kaʻawale ʻana aku mai kona noho aliʻi aku a me nā makaʻāinana, no ka mea, ua hoʻopouli ʻia ko ke aliʻi wahine naʻau makemake ʻole e hoʻi i Keʻalohilani e ka hailona. | Lo! she was sorrowful at separating herself from her own chief-house and the people of the land; darkened was the princess's heart by the unwelcome lot that sent her back to Kealohilani. |
| Ch.31 p.170 para.4 sent.4 | A ʻike ihola ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā, ua pono ka ʻōlelo a kona kaikuahine, hoʻoholo aʻela ʻo ia i kona manaʻo ʻae, a laila, lawe hou ʻia akula ke alanui i luna me kona kaikunāne pū. | When Kaonohiokala saw that his sister's words were well, he granted her wish; then the pathway was taken up again with her brother. |
| Ch.31 p.170 para.5 sent.1 | A i ka ʻumi o ka lā, kuʻu ʻia maila ua alanui nei i mua o ke anaina a kau akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana i luna o ke alanui ʻūlili i hoʻomākaukau ʻia nona, a huli maila me ka naʻau kaumaha, i hoʻopiha ʻia kona mau maka i nakulu wai o Kūlanihākoʻi, me ka ʻī mai, “E nā aliʻi, nā makaʻāinana, ke haʻalele nei wau iā ʻoukou. | And on the tenth day, the pathway was let down again before the assembly, and Kahalaomapuana mounted upon the ladder way prepared for her and turned with heavy heart, her eyes filled with a flood of tears, the water drops of Kulanihakoi, and said: "O chiefs and people, I am leaving you |
| Ch.31 p.170 para.5 sent.3 | ʻO wau a me oʻu mau kaikuaʻana wale nō kai ʻike. | only I and my older sisters have visited it; |
| Ch.31 p.171 para.1 sent.1 | ʻO ke kumu nui o ko Kaʻōnohiokalā manaʻo nui e hoʻokawale iā Kahalaomāpuana i Keʻalohilani, i mea e nalo ai kona kalohe iā Lāʻielohelohe, no ka mea, ʻo Kahalaomāpuana, aia kekahi ʻike iā ia. | The great reason why Kaonohiokala wished to separate Kahalao-
mapuana in Kealohilani was to hide his evil doings with Laielohelohe, for Kahalaomapuana was the only one |
| Ch.31 p.171 para.1 sent.2 | He ʻike hiki he hana ʻia kekahi hana ma kahi malū, a he kaikamahine manaʻopaʻa nō, ʻaʻole e hoʻopilimeaʻai, o manaʻo auaneʻi ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā, o haʻi ʻia kāna hana kalohe ʻana i mua o Moanalihaikawaokele, no laila ʻo ia i hoʻokaʻawale ai i kona kaikuahine. | who could see things done in secret; and she was a resolute girl, not one to give in. Kaonohiokala thought she might disclose to Moanalihaikawaokele this evil doing;
so he got his sister away, |
| Ch.31 p.171 para.2 sent.2 | ʻAʻole naʻe ʻo ia i hoʻokō koke i ia manawa, akā, i mea e pono ai ʻo ia i mua o Kekalukaluokēwā, no laila, waiho akula ʻo ia i mua o Kekalukaluokēwā e pani ma ka hakahaka o Kahalaomāpuana, a ʻo ka makāula nō kona kuhina nui, a hoʻonoho ʻia akula ʻo Mailehaʻiwale i kiaʻāina paha no Kauaʻi, iā Mailekaluhea no Oʻahu, ʻo Mailelauliʻi no Maui a me nā moku ʻē aʻe; iā Mailepākaha no Hawaiʻi. | Not just at that time, but he made things right with Kekalukaluokewa by putting him in Kahalaomapuana's place and the seer as his chief counsellor. Mailehaiwale was made governor on Kauai, Mailekaluhea on Oahu, Mailelaulii on Maui and the other islands, Mailepakaha on Hawaii. |
| Ch.32 p.173 para.1 sent.1 | A lilo aʻela ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā i poʻo kiʻekiʻe ma ke aupuni, a laila, hoʻouna akula ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā iā Kekalukaluokēwā e hele e kaʻapuni ma nā mokupuni a pau e lawelawe i kāna ʻoihana mōʻī, a hoʻonoho ihola iā Lāʻielohelohe ma ko Kekalukaluokēwā wahi ma ke ʻano hope mōʻī. | When Kekalukaluokewa became head over the group, then Kaonohiokala sent him to make a tour of the islands and perform the functions of a ruler, and he put Laielohelohe in Kekalukaluokewa's place as his substitute. |
| Ch.32 p.173 para.1 sent.2 | A no kēia mea, lawe aʻela ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā i kona kuhina nui (ka makāula), ma kāna huakaʻi kaʻapuni. | And for this reason Kekalukaluokewa took his chief counsellor (the prophet) with him on the circuit. |
| Ch.32 p.173 para.2 sent.1 | I ka lā i haʻalele ai ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā iā Pihanakalani, a hele akula ma kāna ʻoihana kaʻapuni, i ia lā nō hoʻi ka haʻalele ʻana o Kaʻōnohiokalā iā lalo nei. | So Kekalukaluokewa left Pihanakalani and started on the business of visiting the group; the same day Kaonohiokala left those below. |
| Ch.32 p.173 para.2 sent.2 | Ma kēlā hoʻi ʻana ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā, ʻaʻole naʻe ʻo ia i hiki loa i luna, akā, ua ʻike naʻe ʻo ia i ia lā e holo ana nā waʻa o Kekalukaluokēwā i ka moana, a no ia mea, hoʻi hou maila ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā mai luna mai a hiki i lalo nei, a launa ihola me Lāʻielohelohe; ʻaʻole naʻe i hana ʻia ka hewa i ia manawa. | When Kaonohiokala started to return he did not go all the way up, but just watched that day the sailing of Kekalukaluokewa's canoes over the ocean. Then Kaonohiokala came back down and sought the companionship of Laielohelohe, but not just then was the sin committed. |
| Ch.32 p.173 para.3 sent.1 | Iā lāua me Lāʻielohelohe e hālāwai lā, noi akula ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā iā Lāʻielohelohe e hoʻokaʻawale ʻia nā mea ʻē aʻe, a ma kona ʻano mea nui, ua hoʻokaʻawale ʻia ko ke aliʻi wahine mau ʻaialo. | When the two met, Kaonohiokala asked Laielohelohe to separate herself from the rest, and at the high chief's command the princess's retainers withdrew. |
| Ch.32 p.173 para.3 sent.2 | Iā Lāʻielohelohe me Kaʻōnohiokalā, ʻo lāua wale nō ma ke kaʻawale, ʻī akula, “ʻO ka ʻekolu kēia o koʻu mau makahiki (puni) o ka makemake ʻana iā ʻoe, no ka mea, ua ulu kou nani a pāpale ma luna o kou kaikuaʻana (Lāʻieikawai). | When Laielohelohe and Kaonohiokala were alone he said, "This is the third year that I have desired you, for your beauty has grown and overshadowed your sister's, Laieikawai's. |
| Ch.32 p.174 para.1 sent.3 | “E launa kino kāua,” wahi a Kaʻōnohiokalā, “ʻO ia wale nō ka mea e pono ai ke hana ʻia i mua oʻu.” | "Let us know one another." said Kaonohiokala. "this is the only thing to be done for me." |
| Ch.32 p.174 para.2 sent.1 | ʻĪ akula ʻo Lāʻielohelohe, “ʻAʻole kāua e launa kino, e kuʻu Lani, no ka mea, ʻo ka mea nāna i mālama iaʻu mai kuʻu wā ʻuʻuku mai a loaʻa wale kuʻu kāne, nāna ka ʻōlelo paʻa ma oʻu lā, ʻaʻole e hāʻawi i kuʻu kino me kahi mea ʻē aʻe e hoʻohaumia. | Said Laielohelohe, "We can not touch one another, my high one, for the one who brought me up from the time I was born until I found my husband, he has strictly bound me not to defile my flesh with anyone; |
| Ch.32 p.174 para.3 sent.1 | A lohe ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā i kēia mea, ʻakahi nō a hoʻomōhala ʻia ke kuko ʻino i loko, a laila, hoʻi akula ʻo ia i luna me kāna wahine (Lāʻieikawai). | "When Kaonohiokala heard this, then he had some check to his passion, then he returned to the heavens to his wife, Laieikawai. |
| Ch.32 p.174 para.5 sent.1 | ʻĪ aku ʻo Kapūkaʻihaoa, “E ka lani o nā lani, ke ʻae aku nei wau ma kāu noi, e kuʻu Lani. | Said Kapukaihaoa: "High one of the highest, I grant your request, my high one; |
| Ch.32 p.174 para.5 sent.3 | Ua ʻupu aku hoʻi ko māua manaʻo me ka mea nāna i mālama kāu wahine (Lāʻieikawai), ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā ke kāne a kaʻu hānai; ua pono nō. | It was our strong desire, mine and hers who took care of your wife Laieikawai, that Kekalukaluokewa should be our foster child's husband; very good, |
| Ch.32 p.174 para.6 sent.1 | A pau kēia mau kamaʻilio a lāua ma ke kaʻawale, hele akula ʻo Kapūkaʻihaoa me ke aliʻi pū a hiki i o Lāʻielohelohe lā, ʻī akula, “E kuʻu luhi, eia ke kāne. | At the end of their secret conference, Kapukaihaoa went with the chief to Laielohelohe. Said he, "My ward, here is the husband, |
| Ch.32 p.174 para.6 sent.4 | A laila, he mea kānalua ʻole ia iā Lāʻielohelohe, a lawe aʻela ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā iā Lāʻielohelohe a hui ʻoluʻolu ihola lāua. | Then Laielohelohe dismissed her doubts; and Kaonohiokala took Laielohelohe and they took their pleasure together. |
| Ch.32 p.174 para.6 sent.5 | ʻEkolu mau lā o lāua ma kā lāua mau hana, hoʻi akula ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā i Kahakaekaea. | Three days after, Kaonohiokala returned to Kahakaekaea. |
| Ch.32 p.175 para.1 sent.2 | I ia manawa, hoʻopuka akula ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā i ʻōlelo hoʻopunipuni i mua o Lāʻieikawai, ʻo ia ka hā o nā lā kaʻawale o lāua, me ka ʻī aku, “Haʻohaʻo hoʻi kēia pō oʻu. | Then on the fourth day of their separation, he told a lie to Laieikawai and said, "This was a strange night for me, |
| Ch.32 p.175 para.2 sent.1 | ʻĪ akula ʻo Lāʻieikawai, “He aha lā?” | Said Laieikawai, "What was it?" |
| Ch.32 p.175 para.3 sent.1 | ʻĪ aku ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā, “Ua pono ʻole paha ka noho ʻana o lākou lā o lalo.” | Said Kaonohiokala, "Perhaps the people below are in trouble." |
| Ch.32 p.175 para.4 sent.2 | A no kēia huakēnā a kāna wahine, he mea manawa ʻole, noho ana i lalo nei ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā, a launa nō me Lāʻielohelohe. | And at his wife's mere suggestion, in less than no time Kaonohiokala was below in the companionship of Laielohelohe. |
| Ch.32 p.175 para.4 sent.3 | Akā, ʻo Lāʻielohelohe, ʻaʻole i loaʻa iā ia kona pilikia ma ka manaʻo, he aha lā i ia mea i kona manaʻo ʻana! | But Laielohelohe never thought of harm; what was that to her mind! |
| Ch.32 p.175 para.5 sent.1 | Iā lāua e hui ana ma ka makemake o ke aliʻi kāne, i ia manawa, ua ʻike ʻole ʻo Lāʻielohelohe i kona aloha iā Kaʻōnohiokalā, no ka mea, ʻaʻole nō ʻo ke aliʻi wahine makemake iki e hana i ka hewa me ke aliʻi nui o luna, aia hoʻi, ma muli o ka ʻonou a kona mea nāna i mālama wale nō ka hoʻokō ʻana. | When they met at the chief's wish, Laielohelohe did not love Kaonohiokala, for the princess did not wish to commit sin with the great chief from the heavens, but to satisfy her guardian's greed. |
| Ch.32 p.175 para.6 sent.1 | Hoʻokahi anahulu paha o ko lāua hana ʻana i ka hewa, hoʻi akula ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā i luna. | After perhaps ten days of these evil doings, Kaonohiokala returned above. |
| Ch.32 p.175 para.7 sent.1 | I kekahi lā ma ke ahiahi, ʻōlelo akula ʻo Lāʻielohelohe iā Kapūkaʻihaoa, “E kuʻu kahu nāna i mālama maikaʻi, i kēia manawa, ua pōʻino loa iaʻu ka manaʻo no Kaʻōnohiokalā i loko o nā manawa o māua i hana iho nei i ka hewa, a ke hoʻomāhuahua mai nei ke aloha o kuʻu kāne (Kekalukaluokēwā) iaʻu, no ka mea, i ka noho iho nei nō kā i ka pono me ke kāne, me ko māua maikaʻi, a lalau wale nō i ka hewa, ʻaʻole no koʻu makemake, no kou makemake wale nō. | One day in the evening Laielohelohe said to Kapukaihaoa, "My good guard and protector, I am sorry for my sin with Kaonohiokala, and love grows within me for Kekalukaluokewa, my husband; good and happy has been our life together, and I sinned not by my own wish, but through your wish alone. |
| Ch.32 p.175 para.8 sent.1 | ʻĪ aku ʻo Kapūkaʻihaoa, “I ʻae aku au e lilo ʻoe i ka mea ʻē no kuʻu nele i ka haʻawina waiwai o ko kāne, no ka mea, ma kuʻu maka ponoʻī nei nō ka waiwai a ko kāne i hāʻawi aʻe ai, a ʻo wau nō ke kū. | Said Kapukaihaoa, "I allowed you to be another's because your husband gave me no gifts; for in my very face your husband's gifts were given to others; there I stood, |
| Ch.32 p.175 para.9 sent.1 | ʻĪ aku ʻo Lāʻielohelohe i kona kahu nāna i hānai, “Inā ʻo kou kumu ia o ka hāʻawi ʻana i kuʻu kino e hoʻohaumia me Kaʻōnohiokalā, a laila, ua hewa loa ʻoe, no ka mea, ua ʻike ʻoe, ʻaʻole no Kekalukaluokēwā i hoʻonoho nā mea ma luna o nā ʻāina, akā, no Kaʻōnohiokalā nō. | Said Laielohelohe to her foster father, "If that is why you have given me over to sin with Kaonohiokala, then you have done very wrong, for you know the rulers over the islands were not appointed by Kekalukaluokewa, but by Kaonohiokala; |
| Ch.32 p.176 para.1 sent.2 | A no ke kumu ʻole o kona manaʻo iā Kaʻōnohiokalā, no laila, hūnā ihola ʻo ia iā ia ma loko o nā hale kuaʻāina hiki ʻole iā ia ke noho, no kona manaʻo, o hiki hou mai ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā, hana hou ʻia ka hewa me kona makemake ʻole kona peʻe ma nā hale kuaʻāina. | And not wishing to meet Kaonohiokala, she hid inside the country people's houses where he would not come, lest Kaonohiokala should come again and sin with her against her wish; so she fled to the country people's houses, |
| Ch.32 p.176 para.2 sent.1 | A hala ʻo Lāʻielohelohe i ka moana, a hiki ma Oʻahu, noho ihola ʻo ia ma nā hale kuaʻāina. | When she sailed, she came to Oahu and stayed in the country people's houses. |
| Ch.32 p.176 para.3 sent.1 | Iā Lāʻielohelohe paha i Oʻahu, a ma kekahi lā aʻe, iho hou maila ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā e launa hou me Lāʻielohelohe, akā, i kona hiki ʻana mai, ʻaʻole ʻo Lāʻielohelohe i ka hale aliʻi. | About the time that Laielohelohe was come to Oahu, that next day Kaonohiokala came again to visit Laielohelohe; but on his arrival, no Laielohelohe at the chief's house; |
| Ch.32 p.176 para.3 sent.3 | Akā, ua haʻi malū aku naʻe ʻo Lāʻielohelohe i ke kiaʻi hale aliʻi i ke kumu o kona hele ʻana, a no ka nele o ko ke aliʻi makemake, hoʻi akula ʻo ia i luna. | Now Laielohelohe had secretly told the guard of the chief's house why she was going. And failing in his desires he returned above. |
| Ch.32 p.176 para.3 sent.4 | ʻO kēia hāʻule ʻana naʻe a nā aliʻi i ka hewa, ua nakulu akula kēia lohe i ke aloaliʻi, ma o nā ʻaialo wale nō naʻe, a ua lohe pū ʻia nō hoʻi ko Lāʻielohelohe makemake ʻole. | The report of his lord's falling into sin had reached the ears of the chief through some of his retainers and he had heard also of Laielohelohe's displeasure. |
| Ch.32 p.176 para.4 sent.2 | A no ka lohe ʻana o ʻAiwohikupua i ko Lāʻielohelohe kumu i holo ai e ʻimi i ke kāne, a laila, ʻī aku ʻo ia i ke kiaʻi hale aliʻi, “Inā i hoʻi hou mai ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā, a i nīnau mai iā Lāʻielohelohe, ʻī aku ʻoe ua maʻi ia, a laila, ʻaʻole e hoʻi hou mai, no ka mea, he mea haumia loa ia iā Kaʻōnohiokalā a me nā mākua o mākou. | And when he heard Laielohelohe's reason for setting sail to seek her husband, then he said to the palace guard, "If Kaonohiokala returns again, and asks for Laielohelohe, tell him she is ill, then he will not come back, for she would pollute Kaonohiokala and our parents; |
| Ch.33 p.177 para.1 sent.2 | No laila, ʻimi akula ʻo ia mai Kauaʻi mai a Oʻahu, a Maui, i Lahaina kēia, lohe, aia ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā i Hāna, ua hoʻi mai mai Hawaiʻi mai. | Now, she followed him from Kauai to Oahu and to Maui; she came to Lahaina, heard Kekalukaluokewa was in Hana, having returned from Hawaii. |
| Ch.33 p.177 para.2 sent.1 | Holo akula ʻo ia ma nā waʻa a pae ma Honuaʻula, i laila, lohe lākou, ʻo Hinaikamalama ka wahine a Kekalukaluokēwā; ʻaʻole naʻe i ʻike ko Honuaʻula poʻe, ʻo kā Kekalukaluokēwā wahine kēia. | She sailed by canoe and came to Honuaula; there they heard that Hinaikamalama was Kekalukaluokewa's wife; the Honuaula people did not know that this was his wife. |
| Ch.33 p.177 para.2 sent.4 | Haʻalele lākou i nā waʻa, hele akula lākou a Waiohonu, lohe lākou, ua hala ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā me Hinaikamalama i Kaʻuiki. | left it, went to Waiohonu and heard that Kekalukaluokewa and Hinaikamalama had gone to Kauwiki, |
| Ch.33 p.177 para.2 sent.5 | A hiki lākou i Kaʻuiki, ua hala loa akula ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā mā i Honokalani. | and they came to Kauwiki; Kekalukaluokewa and his companion had gone on to Honokalani; |
| Ch.33 p.177 para.3 sent.1 | I ia hele ʻana a lākou a hiki i Kaʻuiki, ua ahiahi naʻe, nīnau akula ʻo Lāʻielohelohe i nā kamaʻāina i ka lōʻihi o kahi i koe a hiki i Honokalani, kahi a Kekalukaluokēwā e noho ana me Hinaikamalama, ʻōlelo mai ke kamaʻāina, “Napoʻo ka lā, hiki,” a hele akula lākou, me ke kamaʻāina pū. | On their arrival at Kauwiki, that afternoon, Laielohelohe asked a native of the place how much farther it was to Honokalani, where Kekalukaluokewa and Hinaikamalama were staying. Said the native, "You can arrive by sundown." They went on, accompanied by the natives, |
| Ch.33 p.177 para.3 sent.2 | A mōlehulehu, hiki akula lākou i Honokalani, a laila, hoʻouna akula ʻo Lāʻielohelohe i ke kamaʻāina e hele aku e nānā i ka noho ʻana o nā aliʻi. | and at dusk reached Honokalani; there Laielohelohe sent the natives to see where the
chiefs were staying. |
| Ch.33 p.178 para.1 sent.2 | A laila, hoʻouna hou akula nō ʻo Lāʻielohelohe i ke kamaʻāina e hele hou e nānā i nā aliʻi, me ka ʻī aku naʻe, “E hele ʻoe e nānā a ʻike i nā aliʻi e hiamoe ana, a laila, hoʻi mai ʻoe, a hele pū aku kākou.” | Then Laielohelohe sent the natives again to go and see the chiefs, saying, "You go and find out where the chiefs sleep, then return to us." |
| Ch.33 p.178 para.1 sent.4 | I ia manawa, ʻakahi nō a haʻi aku ʻo ia i ke kamaʻāina, ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā kāna kāne male (hoʻāo). | Then for the first time she told the natives that she was Kekalukaluokewa's married wife. |
| Ch.33 p.178 para.3 sent.2 | A komo akula ʻo Lāʻielohelohe a noho ihola ma ke poʻo o lāua (Kekalukaluokēwā mā), honi ihola i ka ihu a uē malū ihola i loko ona, akā, ua hoʻohanini ʻia nā māpuna waimaka o Lāʻielohelohe no ka ʻike ʻana iho, he wahine ʻē kā kāna kāne. | Laielohelohe entered and sat down at their head, kissed him and wept quietly over him; but the fountain of her tears overflowed when she saw another woman sleeping by her husband, |
| Ch.33 p.178 para.4 sent.1 | ʻO ia hoʻi, ʻaʻole e hiki iā Lāʻielohelohe ke hoʻomanawanui i kona ukiuki iā Hinaikamalama, no laila, komo akula ʻo ia ma waena o lāua a pale akula iā Hinaikamalama, hoʻohuli maila iā Kekalukaluokēwā, a apo akula i kāna kāne a hoʻāla akula. | Then Laielohelohe did not stay her anger against Hinaikamalama, so she got between them, pushed Hinaikamalama away, took Kekalukaluokewa and embraced him, and wakened him. |
| Ch.33 p.178 para.4 sent.2 | I ia manawa, puoho aʻela ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā a ʻike ihola, ʻo kāna wahine. | Then Kekalukaluokewa started from his sleep and saw his wife; |
| Ch.33 p.178 para.4 sent.3 | I ia wā, hikilele maila ʻo Hinaikamalama mai ka hiamoe mai a ʻike ihola, he wahine ʻē kēia me lāua, holo akula ʻo ia mai o lāua nei aku me ka huhū nui, me ka manaʻo hoʻi, ʻaʻole kēia ʻo kā Kekalukaluokēwā wahine. | just then, Hinaikamalama waked suddenly from sleep and saw this strange woman with them; she ran away from them in a rage, not knowing this was Kekalukaluokewa's wife. |
| Ch.33 p.178 para.5 sent.1 | A ʻike akula ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā iā Hinaikamalama e hele ana me ka maka kūkona, a laila, ʻī akula, “E Hinaikamalama, e holo ana ʻoe i ke aha me kou maka inaina? | When Kekalukaluokewa saw the anger in Hinaikamalama's eyes as she went, then he said, "O Hinaikamalama, will you run to people with angry eyes? |
| Ch.33 p.178 para.6 sent.2 | ʻO kaʻu wahine male (hoʻāo) nō kēia.” | she is my wedded wife." |
| Ch.33 p.178 para.7 sent.1 | I ka wā naʻe i ala aʻe ai ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā mai ka hiamoe ʻona ʻawa aʻe a ʻike maila i ka wahine, iā Lāʻielohelohe, honi ihola ma ke ʻano mau o ka hiki malihini ʻana. | When Kekalukaluokewa awoke from his drunken sleep and saw his wife Laielohelohe, they kissed as strangers meet. |
| Ch.33 p.178 para.7 sent.4 | Kamaʻilio aku paha auaneʻi wau, ʻo ka make mai kā ia ala, no laila, ma kahi a ka haku o kāua e manaʻo ai, pono nō ke hoʻokō aku. | if I should object, he would kill me; therefore, whatever our lord wishes it is best for us to obey; |
| Ch.33 p.179 para.1 sent.1 | A laila, ʻī akula ʻo Lāʻielohelohe i kāna kāne, “ʻAuhea ʻoe, kuʻu kāne o ka wā heu ʻole. | Then Laielohelohe said to her husband, "Where are you, husband of my childhood? |
| Ch.33 p.179 para.2 sent.1 | Hoʻi akula ʻo Hinaikamalama i Haneoʻo, a noho ihola ma kona hale mau. | Hinaikamalama returned home to Haneoo to live; |
| Ch.33 p.179 para.3 sent.2 | Huli akula ke alo i Kaʻuiki, nānā akula iā Kahalaʻoaka, a ʻo ke kau mai a ke ao i luna pono o Honokalani, i ia manawa, he mea ʻē ka māʻeʻele o ke aliʻi wahine i ke aloha no kāna ipo, a laila, oli aʻela ʻo ia he wahi mele penei: | with her face turned toward Kauwiki, facing Kahalaoaka, and as the clouds rested there right above Honokalani then the heart of the princess was benumbed with love for her lover; then she chanted a little song, as follows: |
| Ch.33 p.180 para.1 sent.1 | He maka uē paha ē. ʻO ia ē. | It may be they weep, alas! |
| Ch.33 p.180 para.2 sent.4 | Kuʻu Lani ē. ʻO ia ē.” | My high one! So it is I feel. |
| Ch.33 p.180 para.4 sent.1 | A pēlā nō hoʻi ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā, no ka mea, iā Hinaikamalama i haʻalele aku ai iā Kekalukaluokēwā i ka pō a Lāʻielohelohe i hiki mai ai, ua pono ʻole ka manaʻo o ke aliʻi kāne. | It was the same with Kekalukaluokewa, for when Hinaikamalama left Kekalukaluokewa that night, when Laielohelohe came, the chief was not happy, |
| Ch.33 p.180 para.5 sent.2 | Iā Hinaikamalama nō e ala ana, e hiaʻā ana no kona aloha, puka ana ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā, me ka ʻike ʻole o loko o ka hale aliʻi iā ia nei. | While Hinaikamalama lay awake, sleepless for love, entered Kekalukaluokewa, without the knowledge of anyone in the chief's house. |
| Ch.33 p.180 para.6 sent.2 | I ia manawa, ua hoʻolele ʻia ka ʻōʻili o Hinaikamalama me ka manaʻolana nō o kāna ipo, akā, i ka lālau ʻana aʻe, aia naʻe ʻo kāna mea i manaʻo ai. | Then Hinaikamalama's heart leaped with the hope it was her lover; now when she seized him it was in truth the one she had hoped for. |
| Ch.33 p.180 para.6 sent.3 | I ia manawa, kāhea aʻela ʻo ia i nā kahu e hoʻā ke kukui, a ma ka wanaʻao, hoʻi akula ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā me kāna hānau kama (Lāʻielohelohe). | Then she called out to the attendants to light the lamps, and at dawn Kekalukaluokewa returned to his true wife, Laielohelohe. |
| Ch.33 p.181 para.1 sent.1 | ʻĪ akula ʻo Lāʻielohelohe, “ʻAʻole, he maikaʻi loa māua e noho nei.” | Said Laielohelohe, "No; all is well with us." |
| Ch.33 p.181 para.3 sent.2 | ʻO kā māua mahina ʻai, aia ma kapa alanui ponoʻī. | Our garden patch is right on the edge of the road; |
| Ch.33 p.181 para.3 sent.4 | I kuʻu kāne naʻe e mahi ʻai ana, hoʻi mai ana nō ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā mai Haneoʻo mai. | As he was digging, Kekalukaluokewa came along from Haneoo; |
| Ch.33 p.181 para.3 sent.9 | I ia manawa, alu aʻela māua e peʻe ana, aia naʻe, ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā kēia e hele nei, a laila, ukali akula māua ma ko ia ala mau kapuaʻi a hiki māua ma kahi i kokoke i ka hale o Hinaikamalama. | then we turned aside and hid; it was Kekalukaluokewa coming; then we followed his footsteps until we came close to Hinaikamalama's house; |
| Ch.33 p.181 para.3 sent.10 | Aia naʻe, ua komo aku nō ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā. | here Kekalukaluokewa entered. |
| Ch.34 p.183 para.1 sent.2 | ʻAʻole naʻe ʻo ia i wikiwiki i ka huhū, akā, i mea e maopopo leʻa ai iā ia, hoʻomanawanui nō ʻo Lāʻielohelohe. | not at once did she show her rage; but she waited but to make sure. |
| Ch.34 p.183 para.2 sent.1 | I ia pō iho, hoʻomaka hou ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā e hāʻawi i ka ʻawa, a laila, hoʻokō akula nō kāna wahine, akā, ma hope o ka pau ʻana o ka inu ʻawa ʻana, puka koke akula ʻo Lāʻielohelohe i waho o ka hale, a hoʻolualuaʻi akula a pau loa ka ʻawa i ka luaʻi ʻia. | That night Kekalukaluokewa again gave her the awa, then she obeyed him, but after she had drunk it all, she went outside the house immediately and threw it up; |
| Ch.34 p.183 para.2 sent.2 | ʻAʻole naʻe i ʻike mai kāna kāne i kēia hana maʻalea a kāna wahine, a i ka hoʻi ʻana aku i ka hale, hāʻawi mua ihola ua ʻo Lāʻielohelohe iā ia i ka hiamoe nui ma kona ʻano maʻalea. | and afterwards her husband did not know of his wife's guile, and she returned to the house, and Laielohelohe lay down and pretended to sleep. |
| Ch.34 p.183 para.3 sent.1 | A ʻike maila ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā he hiamoe ʻiʻo ko kāna wahine no ka ʻona ʻawa, i ia manawa, hoʻomaka hou ke kāne i kāna hana mau, a hele akula i o Hinaikamalama lā. | When Kekalukaluokewa thought that his wife was fast asleep under the effects of the awa, then he started to make his usual visit to Hinaikamalama. |
| Ch.34 p.183 para.3 sent.2 | A ʻike ʻo Lāʻielohelohe, ua hala akula kēlā, ala aʻela ʻo ia, a ukali akula iā Kekalukaluokēwā me kona ʻike ʻole ʻia. | When Laielohelohe saw that he had left her, she arose and followed Kekalukaluokewa without being seen. |
| Ch.34 p.183 para.4 sent.2 | I ia manawa, ʻōlelo aku ʻo Lāʻielohelohe iā Kekalukaluokēwā, ʻoiai, aia ma ko Hinaikamalama wahi moe lāua, “E kuʻu kāne, ua puni wau iā ʻoe. | Then Laielohelohe said to Kekalukaluokewa, when she came to Hinaikamalama's house where they were sleeping, "My husband, you have deceived me; |
| Ch.34 p.185 para.1 sent.3 | ʻAʻole naʻe i holo, no ka mea, ua hōʻōmaʻimaʻi aʻela ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā, a no laila, ua hala i ia pō, a i kekahi pō iho, hana hou nō ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā i kāna hana, a no ia mea, ua haʻalele ʻo Lāʻielohelohe i kona aloha i kāna kāne, a hoʻi akula i Kauaʻi ma kona mau waʻa me kona manaʻo hou ʻole aku iā Kekalukaluokēwā. | but they did not, for Kekalukaluokewa pretended to be ill, and they postponed going that night. The next day he did the same thing again, so Laielohelohe gave up her love for her husband and returned to Kauai with her canoe, without thinking again of Kekalukaluokewa. |
| Ch.34 p.185 para.2 sent.1 | Iā Lāʻielohelohe ma Kauaʻi ma hope iho o kona haʻalele ʻana i kāna kāne, i kekahi lā, hiki hou mai ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā mai Kahakaekaea mai, a hālāwai ihola me Lāʻielohelohe, a hala ʻehā malama o ko lāua hui kalohe ʻana. | The next day after Laielohelohe reached Kauai after leaving her husband, Kaonohiokala arrived again from Kahakaekaea, and met with Laielohelohe. Four months passed of their amorous meetings; |
| Ch.34 p.185 para.3 sent.2 | A ma hope o ia manawa haʻohaʻo o Lāʻieikawai, hoʻi akula ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā i luna. | and as Laieikawai wondered at the long absence, Kaonohiokala returned. |
| Ch.34 p.185 para.3 sent.3 | Nīnau maila naʻe ʻo Lāʻieikawai, “Pehea kēia hele lōʻihi ou ʻahā malama? | Laieikawai asked, "Why were you gone four months? |
| Ch.34 p.185 para.4 sent.1 | ʻĪ maila ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā, “Ua hewa ko Lāʻielohelohe ma ka noho ʻana me kāna kāne. | Said Kaonohiokala. "Laielohelohe has had trouble with her husband; |
| Ch.34 p.185 para.4 sent.2 | Ua lilo ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā i ka wahine ʻē, a ʻo ia kaʻu mea i noho lōʻihi ai.” | Kekalukaluokewa has taken a stranger to wife, and this is why I was so long away." |
| Ch.34 p.185 para.5 sent.1 | A no kēia ʻōlelo aku ʻo Lāʻieikawai i kāna kāne, “E kiʻi ʻoe i ko wahine, a hoʻihoʻi mai e noho pū kākou.” | Then Laieikawai said to her husband, "Get your wife and bring her up here and let us live together." |
| Ch.34 p.185 para.5 sent.2 | I ia manawa nō a lāua e kamaʻilio ana no kēia mau mea, haʻalele akula ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā iā Lāʻieikawai, a iho maila, me ka manaʻo o Lāʻieikawai, e kiʻi ana ma muli o kāna kauoha, ʻaʻole kā! | Therefore. Kaonohiokala left Laieikawai and went away, as Laieikawai thought, to carry out her command. Not so! |
| Ch.34 p.185 para.6 sent.1 | I kēia hele ʻana o Kaʻōnohiokalā, hoʻokahi makahiki i ia manawa, ʻaʻole ʻo kana mai ʻo ka haʻohaʻo o Lāʻieikawai no ka hele lōʻihi o kāna kāne. | On this journey Kaonohiokala stayed away a year; now Laieikawai did not think her husband's long stay strange, |
| Ch.34 p.185 para.6 sent.2 | Ua manaʻo aʻe ʻo Lāʻieikawai i ke kumu o kēia hele lōʻihi, ua pono ʻole lā ʻo Lāʻielohelohe me Kekalukaluokēwā. | she laid it to Laielohelohe's troubles with Kekalukaluokewa. |
| Ch.34 p.185 para.7 sent.2 | I ia wā, hele akula ʻo Lāʻieikawai i mua o kona makuahōnōwai kāne, me ka nīnau aku, “Pehea lā wau e ʻike ai i ka pono o koʻu kaikaina? | so Laieikawai went to her father-in-law and asked, "How can I see how it is with my sister, |
| Ch.34 p.185 para.7 sent.4 | Akā, i ka hele ʻana aku nei, ʻaʻole i hoʻi mai, ʻo ka pau kēia o ka makahiki o ka hele ʻana; ʻaʻole i hoʻi mai. | but he has not come back, and it is a year since he went, |
| Ch.34 p.187 para.1 sent.1 | A no kēia mea, ʻōlelo mai ʻo Moanalihaikawaokele, kona makuahōnōwai kāne, “E hoʻi ʻoe a ma ko ʻolua wahi. | Then said Moanalihaikawaokele, her father-in-law, "Go home |
| Ch.34 p.187 para.1 sent.4 | ʻO nā manu nui e kū ana ma nā ʻaoʻao o ua ipu lā, mai makaʻu ʻoe. | Do not be afraid of the great birds that stand on either side of the gourd, |
| Ch.34 p.187 para.2 sent.3 | Eia naʻe, i kou kāhea ʻana, mai kāhea ʻoe me ka leo nui, o kani auaneʻi, lohe mai ko makuahōnōwai wahine, ʻo Laukieleʻula, ka mea nāna e mālama i ua ipu ʻike lā.” | Only when you call do not call in a loud voice; it might resound; your mother-in-law. Laukieleula, might hear, the one who guards the gourd of wisdom." |
| Ch.34 p.187 para.3 sent.2 | A ʻike ihola kēlā ua hiamoe, hoʻokō aʻela ʻo Lāʻieikawai i ke kauoha a Moanalihaikawaokele, a hele akula ʻo ia e like me ka mea i aʻoaʻo ʻia mai iā ia. | When she saw she was asleep Laieikawai did as Moanalihaikawaokele had directed, and she went as he had instructed her. |
| Ch.34 p.187 para.4 sent.3 | I ia awakea, leha aʻela nā maka o Lāʻieikawai i lalo nei, aia hoʻi, ua hana ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā i ka hewa me Lāʻielohelohe. | At noon Laieikawai's eyes glanced downward, lo! Kaonohiokala sinned with Laielohelohe. |
| Ch.34 p.187 para.5 sent.1 | I loko o kēia manawa, hele akula ʻo Lāʻieikawai, a haʻi akula iā Moanalihaikawaokele no kēia mau mea, me ka ʻōlelo aku, “Ua loaʻa iaʻu ka ʻike maiā ʻoe mai. | Then Laieikawai went and told Moanalihaikawaokele about it, saying, "I have employed the power you gave me, |
| Ch.34 p.187 para.5 sent.5 | A no kēia mea, he mea ʻē ka inaina o Moanalihaikawaokele, a lohe pū aʻela ʻo Laukieleʻula, hele akula kona mau mākuahōnōwai i kahi o ka ipu ʻike, aia hoʻi, ʻike leʻa akula lāua e hana ana i ka hewa e like me kā Lāʻieikawai mau ʻōlelo. | Then Moanalihaikawaokele's wrath was kindled, and Laukieleula heard it also, and her parents-in-law went to the gourd — lo! they plainly saw the sin committed as Laieikawai had said. |
| Ch.34 p.187 para.6 sent.1 | I kekahi lā aʻe, ʻākoakoa aʻela lākou a pau, ʻo Lāʻieikawai me nā mākuahōnōwai, e hele a ʻike i ka pono o Kaʻōnohiokalā, a hoʻoholo aʻela lākou i ia mea. | That day they all came together, Laieikawai and her parents-in- law, to see what to do about Kaonohiokala, and they came to their decision. |
| Ch.34 p.189 para.1 sent.3 | A i ka pau ʻana aʻe o ka pouli ma ka lewa, aia hoʻi, e kau mai ana ʻo Moanalihaikawaokele me Laukieleʻula, a me Lāʻieikawai i luna o ke alanui ānuenue. | And when the darkness was over, lo! Moanalihaikawaokele and Laukieleula and Laieikawai sat above the rainbow pathway. |
| Ch.34 p.189 para.2 sent.1 | A ʻōlelo maila ʻo Moanalihaikawaokele i mua o Kaʻōnohiokalā, “Ua hewa kāu hana, e Kaʻōnohiokalā ē, no ka mea, ua haumia loa ʻoe, a no laila, ʻaʻole e loaʻa hou iā ʻoe he wahi noho i loko o Kahakaekaea, a ʻo kou uku hoʻopaʻi, e lilo ana ʻoe i mea e hoʻomākaʻukaʻu ʻia ai ma nā alanui, a ma ka puka o nā hale, a ʻo kou inoa, he lapu, a ʻo kāu mea e ʻai ai, ʻo nā pulelehua, a ma laila kou kuleana a mau i kāu pua.” | And Moanalihaikawaokele said to Kaonohiokala, "You have sinned, O Kaonohiokala, for you have defiled yourself and, therefore, you shall no longer have a place to dwell within Kahakaekaea, and the penalty you shall pay, to become a fearsome thing on the highway and at the doors of houses, and your name is Lapu, Vanity, and for your food you shall eat moths; and thus shall you live and your posterity." |
| Ch.34 p.189 para.3 sent.1 | (Ua ʻōlelo ʻia ma kēia kaʻao, ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā ka lapu mua ma kēia mau moku, a ma ona lā nā lapu e ʻauana nei i kēia mau lā, ma ka hoʻohālike ʻana i ke ʻano o ka lapu, he ʻuhane ʻino.) | (In this story it is told how Kaonohiokala was the first ghost on these islands, and from his day to this, the ghosts wander from place to place, and they resemble evil spirits in their nature.) |
| Ch.34 p.189 para.4 sent.3 | A ma kēia hālāwai ʻana o lākou, haʻi akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana i ka moʻolelo o kona hoʻihoʻi ʻia ʻana e like me kā kākou ʻike ʻana ma ka mokuna iwakāluakumamāhiku o kēia kaʻao. | And at this discovery, Kahalaomapuana told the story of her dismissal, as we saw in Chapter XXVII of this story, |
| Ch.34 p.189 para.4 sent.4 | A pau kēia mau mea, lawe ʻia akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana e pani ma ka hakahaka o Kaʻōnohiokalā. | and at the end Kahalaomapuana was taken to fill Kaonohiokala's place. |
| Ch.34 p.189 para.5 sent.3 | Nīnau aku naʻe ʻo Moanalihaikawaokele i ke kumu o kēia mea, a laila, haʻi akula ʻo ia, he maka uē kona no kona kaikaina. | Moanalihaikawaokele asked the reason for this: then she told him she wept for her sister. |
| Ch.34 p.189 para.6 sent.1 | ʻĪ mai naʻe ʻo Moanalihaikawaokele, “ʻAʻole e ʻae ʻia kou kaikaina e noho pū me kākou, no ka mea, ua haumia ʻo ia iā Kaʻōnohiokalā, akā, inā he manaʻo kou i ko kaikaina, a laila, e hoʻi ʻoe, a e pani ma ka hakahaka o Kekalukaluokēwā.” | Said Moanalihaikawaokele, "Your sister can not live here with us, for she is defiled with Kaonohiokala; but if you want your sister, then you go and fill Kekalukaluokewa's place." |
| Ch.34 p.189 para.6 sent.2 | Akā, ua ʻae koke aʻela ʻo Lāʻieikawai i kēia mau mea. | Now Laieikawai readily assented lo this plan. |
| Ch.34 p.191 para.1 sent.1 | A ma ka lā o Lāʻieikawai i hoʻokuʻu ʻia mai ai, ʻōlelo maila ʻo Moanalihaikawaokele, “E hoʻi ʻoe a me kou kaikaina. | And on the day when Laieikawai was let down, Moanalihaikawaokele said, "Return to your sister |
| Ch.34 p.191 para.1 sent.2 | E noho malū ʻoe a hiki i kou manawa e make ai, a ma kēia lā aku, ʻaʻole e kapa ʻia kou inoa ʻo Lāʻieikawai, akā, ʻo kou inoa mau ʻo KAWAHINEOKALIʻULĀ, a ma ia inoa ou e kūkulu aku ai kou hanauna iā ʻoe, a ʻo ʻoe nō ke akua o kou mau hanauna.” | and live virgin until your death, and from this time forth your name shall be no longer called Laieikawai, but your name shall be 'The Woman of the Twilight,' and by this name shall all your kin bow down to you and you shall be like a god to them." |
| Ch.34 p.191 para.1 sent.3 | A pau kēia kauoha, lawe aʻela ʻo Moanalihaikawaokele a kau akula i luna o ke alanui, a kau pū akula me Moanalihaikawaokele, a kuʻu ʻia maila i lalo nei. | And after this command, Moanalihaikawaokele took her, and both together mounted upon the pathway and returned below. |
| Ch.34 p.191 para.2 sent.1 | I ia manawa, haʻi akula ʻo Moanalihaikawaokele i nā mea a pau e like me ka mea i ʻōlelo ʻia ma luna, a pau ia, hoʻi akula ʻo Moanalihaikawaokele i luna, a noho ma ka peʻa kapu o Kūkulu o Tahiti. | Then. Moanalihaikawaokele said all these things told above, and when he had ended he returned to the heavens and dwelt in the taboo house on the borders of Tahiti. |
| Ch.34 p.191 para.3 sent.1 | I ia manawa, hoʻoili akula ʻo Kawahineokaliʻulā i ke aupuni i ka makāula, ʻo Lāʻieikawai hoʻi ka mea i kapa ʻia ʻo Kawahineokaliʻulā, ua noho ʻo ia ma kona ʻano akua, a ma ona lā i kūkulu aku ai ka makāula, a me kona hanauna e like me ka ʻōlelo a Moanalihaikawaokele iā ia. | Then, The Woman of the Twilight placed the government upon the seer; so did Laieikawai, the one called The Woman of the Twilight, and she lived as a god, and to her the seer bowed down and her kindred, according to Moanalihaikawaokele's word to her. |
| Ch.34 p.191 para.4 sent.1 | A ma ia ʻano nō ʻo Lāʻieikawai i noho ai a hiki i kona make ʻana. | And so Laieikawai lived until her death. |
| Ch.34 p.191 para.4 sent.2 | A mai ia manawa mai a hiki i kēia mau lā, ke hoʻomana ʻia nei nō e kekahi poʻe ma ka inoa ʻo Kawahineokaliʻulā (Lāʻieikawai). | And from that time to this she is still worshiped as The Woman of the Twilight. |